Перевод: со всех языков на английский

sit so near one another

1 SITJA

sit

* * *

(sit; sat, sátum; setinn), v.

1) to sit, be seated;

hann sat it næsta honum, he sat next him;

sitja upp, to sit erect (þeir létu hann sitja upp í hauginum); to sit at table;

2) to stay, sojourn;

sitja heima, to stay at home (sitr Gunnarr nú heima nökkura hríð);

sitja kyrr, to remain quiet, stay at home;

sitja í festum, to sit as one’s betrothed (of the bride between the betrothal and wedding);

to reside (Haraldr konungr sat optast á Rogalandi);

to sit fishing (þeir vóru komnir á þær vastir, er hann var vanr at sitja);

3) to tarry (gørði liðinu leitt at sitja);

sitja veðrfastr, to lie weather-bound;

4) with acc., sitja e-t ór hendi sér, to let it slip through idleness;

sitja byr ór hendi sér, to miss a fair wind;

5) sitja vel (illa) jörð, to keep one’s estate in good (bad) order;

sitja launþing, to hold a secret meeting;

6) sitja e-t, to put up with, endure (eigi mundu þeir þvílíka skömm eða hneisu setið hafa);

sitja e-m e-t, to submit to, put up with at one’s hand (sitja mönnum skammir ok skapraunir);

er slíkt engum manni sitjanda, it is not to be endured from any man;

7) sitja e-m e-t, to cut one off from (hugðust þeir Sveinn at sitja honum vatn);

8) with preps.:

sitja at e-u, to sit busy with a thing;

sitja at sumbli, to sit at a banquet;

sitja at tafli, to sit at chess;

sitja at fé, nautum, to tend sheep, cattle;

sitja at málum, to sit over a case, debate it;

sitja á stefnu, to be in the chair at a meeting;

sitja á sannindum, to withhold (conceal) the truth;

sitja á sér, to control oneself, keep down one’s temper (Hallgerðr sat mjök á sér um vetrinn);

sitja á svikrædum, svikum við e-n, to plot against one;

sitja fyrir, to be on the spot (úvíst er at vita, hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir);

sitja fyrir e-u, to be a hindrance to (sitja fyrir sœmd e-s);

to be exposed to, have to bear (sitja fyrir hvers manns ámæli);

sitja fyrir ádrykkju e-s, to be one’s drinking-mate;

sitja fyrir svörum, to stand questions, be the spokesman;

sitja fyrir málum, to lead the discussion;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in ambush (in wait) for;

sitja hjá e-u, to be present at (sitja hjá ráðagerðum e-s);

to sit idly by (þú munt þó drepa vilja bróður minn, ok er þat skömm, ef ek sit hjá);

sitja inni, to sit in prison;

sitja til e-s, to wait;

er þar til at sitja, we may wait till then;

sitja um e-t, to watch for an opportunity;

þeir sátu um at rengja, they watched to find a flaw in the proceedings;

to plot against (hann sitr um ríki hans);

sitja um líf e-s, to seek one’s life;

sitja um e-n, to lie in wait for, waylay;

sitja um e-u, to be busy with (sitja um nauðsynjamálum);

sitja um borðum, to sit at table;

sitja undir e-u, to be subject to;

sitja yfir e-u, to sit over a thing, be busy with (ekki mun ek lengr yfir þessu sitja);

sitja yfir drykkju, borðum, to sit drinking, at table;

to attend to (sitja yfir málum manna);

sitja yfir kvæðum, to listen to songs;

sitja yfir e-u, to take possession of;

láta slíka sitja yfir váru, to let such persons withhold our property from us;

to bear down (hann sat yfir virðland);

sitja yfir skörðum hlut, to suffer a loss of right;

sitja yfir sjúkum manni, to sit up with (nurse) a sick person, esp. a woman in labour;

9) recipr., sitjast nær, to sit near one another.

* * *

pres. sit; pret. sat, sazt, sat, pl. sátu; subj. sæti; imperat. sit, sittú; part. setinn; with the neg. suff. sit-k-a, I sit not, Hkv. 2. 34: [Ulf. sitan = καθησθαι; A. S. sittan; Engl. sit; Germ. sitzen; Swed. sitta; Dan. sidde; Lat. sedere; Gr. ἔδος, ἔζεσθαι]:—to sit; s. á haugi. Vsp. 34, Þkv. 6, Skm. 11; þeir sátu á vellinum, Nj. 114; þar sem búarnir sitja, 110, Grág. i. 4; konungr sat á hesti, Fms. x. 255, 408; hann sat it næsta honum, Nj. 2; ganga til matar, ok sátu þeir um hríð, Eg. 483; svá vildi hverr maðr sitja ok standa sem hann bauð, … ok var rétt at segja at hann væri bæði konungr ok biskup yfir landinu, Bs. i. 67; s. fyrir, to be on the spot, Hm. 1: in greetings, sit heill! sitið heilir, ‘sit hale,’ be seated and welcome, Fms. x. 201, Ísl. ii. 438; nú sittú heill, Sighvat (Ó. H. in a verse); seggi biðr hann s. í frið, Skíða R. 28; s. at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. x. 378; s. at sumbli, Ls. 10; s. at tafli, to sit at chess, Ísl. ii. 359; s. at fé, s. at nautum, to tend sheep, neat-cattle, Boll. 336, Eg. 714, Sturl. i. 77; s. at málum, to sit over a case, debate it, Ld. 18; s. á stefnu, to be in the chair at a meeting, Ó. H. 85: s. upp, to sit up, sit erect; þeir létu hann s. upp í hauginum, Nj. 118: to sit at table, Jökull sat upp ok orti vísu, Ó. H. 191; gékk konungrinn at sjá þá er upp sátu, who sate at table, Greg. 43; Eyvindr hafði mest forráð at veizlunni, ok sat ekki upp, Orkn. 246; þeim sinnum er jarl sat upp (uppi Ed.) mataðisk sveinninn með honuni, Fms. ix. 245: s. úti, to sit outside (at night), of wizards (úti-seta), Vsp. 21, Orkn. 234, 246; þat er úbóta-verk at s. úti, N. G. L. i. 350; svá segja menn at Gunnhildr, fóstra Hákonar, léti s. úti til sigrs honum … en Þórdís skeggja er sú kona kölluð sem sagt er at úti sæti, Fms. vii. 275.

2. with prepp.; sitja á svikræðum, svikum við e-n, to plot against, Fms. i. 263, ii. 34; sitja á sér, to control, constrain oneself; Hallgerðr sat mjök á sér um vetrinn, Nj. 25; hann gat ekki á sér setið, he could not keep quiet:—s. fyrir e-u, to be exposed to, to have to stand the brunt of; s. fyrir ámæli, hættu, afar-kostum, Nj. 71, Fms. v. 71, vii. 125; s. fyrir svörum, to stand questions, be the spokesman, iv. 274, vi. 13, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; s. fyrir málum, to lead a discussion, Fms. ix. 98; s. fyrir e-m, to sit in ambush (fyrir-sát), Nj. 94, 107. Ld. 218: ellipt., Nj. 94, Eg. 577, 743:—s. hjá, to sit by:—s. til e-s, to watch for; er þar til at sitja, Nj. 103:—s. um e-t, to watch for an opportunity; þeir sátu um at rengja, 242; er ætíð sátu um þat at spilla friðinum, Magn. 464: to plot against, s. um sæmd e-s, Fms. v. 273; hann sitr um ríki hans, 293; s. um líf e-s, to seek one’s life, Ld. 40, Fms. i. 223; s. um e-n, to waylay, Landn. 287, Nj. 131:—s. undir, to sit under one, keep him on one’s knees; s. undir barni, sittu undir mér! s. undir lestri, to ‘sit under’ a preaching; s. undir hlyðni, to be subject to, Sks. 476 B:—s. yfir e-u, to sit over a thing; s. yfir drykkju, Eg. 6; s. yfir sjúkum manni, to sit up with a sick person, Fms. vii. 166, x. 250; esp. with a woman in labour, iv. 32, viii. 8 (yfirsetu-kona = a midwife); also, sitja yfir málum manna, to attend to (as judge), Ó. H. 86, Fms. vii. 60, Nj. 189; ekki er nú tóm at s. yfir kvæðum, to listen to songs, Ísl. ii. 235; s. yfir varningi sínum, to sit over one’s wares, Sks. 28: to superintend, Fms. viii. 5 (Fb. ii. 533): sitja yfir e-u, to take possession of what belongs to another person; at úvinir mínir siti eigi yfir mínu, Ísl. ii. 146, 224; þeir menn hafa setið yfir eignum várum ok ættleifð, Fms. i. 223; sitr nú yfir fé því Atli inn skammi, Eg. 468; hann sat yfir virðingu allra höfðingja, Nj. 173; s. yfir hlut e-s, 89, Ld. 66, Eg. 512: s. yfir skörðum hlut, to suffer a loss of right, Ld. 266.

II. to abide, stay, sojourn; sitja heima, to stay at home; sitr Gunnarr nú heima nokkuta hríð, Nj. 106; s. heima sem dóttir (heima-sæta); s. heima sem mær til kosta, Sams. S. 6; sat hann þar hálfan mánuð, Nj. 106; þat var engi siðr at s. lengr en þrjár nætr at kynni, Eg. 698; viku var at boðinu setið, Ld. 200; í slíkum fagnaði sem þeir sátu, Fms. x. 260; hann sat at Gufuskálum inn þriðja vetr, Eg. 592; setið hefir þú svá nær, at þú mættir hafa hefnt þessa, Nj. 178; sátu þingmenn Runólfs í hverju húsi, Bs. i. 20; s. kyrr, to remain quiet, stay at home, Grág. i. 163; s. í festum, of a betrothed woman between the espousals and the wedding, Nj. 4: to reside, Haraldr konungr sat optast á Rogalandi, Eg. 367, Nj. 268, Fms. i. 23, Ver. 60: s. at löndum, to reign, Hkr. ii. 3; s. at búum sínum, Fs. 12; sitja búðsetu, to live in a booth, Grág. i. 187, ii. 71; s. strandsetri, to live on the coast(fishing), i. 263, 290; s. slímu-setri, to hang on to a place, living upon other people, Gþl. 200, N. G. L. i. 70; þér munut þurrt hafa um setið allar vitundir, had no part nor knowledge of it, Sturl. iii. 261: to stay, answer not to a call, Grág. i. 447; nú sitr einn hverr lengr niðri, N. G. L. i. 40; s. um stefnu, 344; ef hann sitr svá þrjá vetr at hann geldr eigi tíund sína rétta, K. Á. 94; s. hjá e-u, to be neutral, take no part; hann hafði áðr setið hj;á málum þessum, Lv. 9, Ísl. ii. 267, Nj. 84, 97; þú lætr þá menn s. hjá kyrra, remain undisturbed, Ld. 258; s. hjá fé, to tend sheep.

2. a fishing term, to sit fishing on a mið, q. v.; á þær vastir er hann var vanr at s. ok draga flata fiska … þeir váru komnir svá langt út, at hætt var at s. útarr fyrir Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35.

3. to tarry; görði liðinu leitt at sitja, Fms. x. 344; s. veðr-fastr, to lie weather-bound, Eg. 482; s. í díblissu, to sit in a dungeon, Fms. ix. 219; s. kyrr, Grág. i. 163; s. fyrir, to remain sitting, Fms. v. 66; sitja til járns, to sit preparing for the ordeal, 308, 311; s. fyrir ádrykkju e-s, to be one’s cup-mate, Eg. 253.

III. with acc.; sitju e-t ór hendi sér, to ‘sit a thing out of one’s hands,’ let it slip through idleness, Fms. v. 276: mod., s. e-t af sér, id.; skulut ér ekki sitja byri því heldr, miss a fair wind, vi. 358; þegjandi sitr þetta Þórir jarl á Mæri, Orkn. (in a verse); hafði annat bréf komit til Lopts á sama sumri, ok sat hann bæði (acc.), he ‘sate it off,’ i. e. did not answer to the call, Bs. i. 726; (so in mod. usage, s. e-n af stokki, to ‘sit him off,’ wait till he is gone;) sátu margir af sínum hestum, many ‘sate off’ dismounted from, their horses, Fms. vi. 211; sitja rétti sínum, to remain inactive until one’s right is prescribed, Grág. ii. 91, K. Þ. K. 26.

2. sitja vel (ílla) jörð, to keep one’s estate in good (bad) order; sal hann þann bæ vel, Brandkr. 57; þessi jörð er vel setin; sátu þessir allir brullaup sitt í Gautavík, Vígl. 33; s. launþing, to hold a secret meeting, Fms. xi. 219.

3. sitja e-t, to put up with an injury; eigi mundu þeir þvilíka skömm eðr hneisu setið hafa, Ísl. ii. 338; þykkisk hann þá lengr hafa setið Sveini þann hlut er hann mundi eigi öðrum þola, Fms. xi. 62; menn munu þat eigi s. þér, ef þú meiðir fé manna, Glúm. 342; s. mönnum slíkar hneisur, Ld. 278; s. mönnum skammir ok skapraunir, Fms. ii. 14; s. e-m frýju, Hkr. iii. 397; er slíkt engum manni sitjanda (gerund.), ‘tis not to be endured from any man, Korm. 162.

4. to cut one off from; fyrr munu þér svelta í hel, enn þér sitið oss mat, Fms. vi. 152; hugðusk þeir Sveinn at s. honum vatn, x. 407; ok mundi svá ætla at s. þeim mat þar í Eyjunum, Orkn. 410.

IV. reflex. in recipr. sense; þeir skulu svá nær sitjask ( sit so near one another) at hvárir-tveggi nemi orð annarra, Grág. i. 69; er mér lítið um at hætta til lengr at þit sitisk svá nær, Ld. 158.

2. part., nú mun eigi mega sitjanda hlut í eiga, there is no time to rest, Nj. 110.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SITJA
2 inter

inter, adv., and prep. with acc. [kindred to in, intra; Sanscr. antar; Goth. undar; Germ. unter; Engl. under].
I.
Adv., in the midst, in between ( poet. and rare):
dumque pii petit ora patris stetit arduus inter pontus,
Val. Fl. 5, 337:
tot montibus inter diviso,
id. 6, 220; 8, 382. —
II.
Prep., with acc., between, belwixt, among, amid, surrounded by.
A.
Lit., in space.
1.
Of position only.
a.
Referring to two places or objects, between:
qui (mons Jura) est inter Sequanos et Helvetios,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:
cum inter me et Brundisium Caesar esset,
Cic. Att. 9, 2:
inter Padum atque Alpes,
Liv. 5, 35:
ager Tarquiniorum, qui inter urbem ac Tiberim fuit,
id. 2, 5:
locus inter duos lucos,
id. 1, 8, 5:
apud Artemisium inter Euboeam continentemque terram,
id. 2, 5, 2; so,
inter haec maria Asia,
Curt. 3, 1, 13.—
b.
Referring to more than two places or objects, among, in the midst of:
inter hostium tela versari,
Cic. de Or. 1, 46:
inter multos saucios spe incertae vitae relictus,
Liv. 2, 17, 4:
rex inter primos constiterat,
Curt. 5, 3, 9:
inter multitudinem,
Liv. 22, 13, 2:
inter lignarios,
id. 35, 41, 10:
repertae inter spolia catenae,
Tac. A. 2, 18:
vicos aut inter vias manere,
Suet. Caes. 39:
inter ingentes solitudines,
Sall. J 89, 4:
inter deserta ferarum Lustra domosque,
Verg. A. 3, 646.— So, even with a noun in the sing., in the midst of, surrounded by:
erat inter ceteram planitiem mons,
Sall. J. 92, 5:
tibicines inter exercitum positi,
Gell. 1, 11, 3:
inter caedem aquila,
Tac. A. 1, 60; cf.:
inter ceteram praedam,
Liv. 22, 16, 7; 8, 10, 10:
inter purpuram atque aurum,
id. 9, 17, 16. —
2.
With verbs of motion.
a.
Between, through, among:
inter medias stationes hostium erupere,
Liv. 35, 11:
acies inter bina castra procedunt,
id. 4, 18, 3; Tac. A. 14, 33:
inter oppositas classes transmisit,
Suet. Caes. 58:
spatiabatur in nemore Parmenion medius inter duces,
Curt. 7, 2, 23:
medios inter hostes Londinium perrexit,
Tac. A. 14, 33.—
b.
Pregn., including motion to and position between or among things mentioned, among, into the midst of:
inter densas, umbrosa cacumina, fagos Adsidue veniebat,
Verg. E. 2, 3:
te mea dextera magna inter praemia ducet,
id. A. 12, 437:
dico te priore nocte venisse inter falcarios in Laecae domum,
among the scythe-makers, into the street of the scythe-makers, Cic. Cat. 1, 4, 8.—
B.
Transf., of relations conceived as local.
1.
In discrimination (doubt, choice, etc.), between two or more objects:
judicium inter deas tres,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 114; cf.:
inter Marcellos et Claudios patricios judicare,
id. de Or. 1, 39, 176:
inter has sententias dijudicare,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 23:
inter diversas opiniones electio, Quint. prooem. 2: discrimen inter gratiosos cives atque fortes,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
inter optime valere et gravissime aegrotare nihil prorsus interesse,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 43:
qui bellum et pacem inter dubitabant,
Tac. A. 12, 32:
trepidare inter scelus metumque,
id. H. 3, 39:
inter pugnae fugaeque consilium,
Liv. 1, 27.—So, with inter repeated:
ut nihil inter te atque inter quadrupedem aliquam putes interesse,
Cic. Par. 1; id. Fin. 1, 9, 30:
quid intersit inter popularem civem et inter constantem, severum et gravem,
id. Lael. 25, 95.—
2.
In expressing any relation which connects two or more persons, conceived as between or among them (strife, rivalry, friendship, intercourse, etc.).
(α).
In gen.:
quos inter magna fuit contentio,
Nep. Mil. 4, 4:
Nestor componere lites Inter Peliden festinat et inter Atriden,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 12:
certamen inter primores civitates,
Liv. 10, 6.—Esp., with pronouns, to express all reciprocal relations, among, with, or between one another; mutually, together:
quasi nunc non norimus nos inter nos,
Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 7; Cic. Div. 1, 28, 58; id. Att. 10, 4, 10; id. N. D. 1, 26, 51:
quod colloquimur inter nos,
with one another, id. de Or. 1, 8, 32; cf.:
inter nos naturā ad civilem communitatem conjuncti sumus,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 66:
vobis inter vos voluntatem fuisse conjunctam,
id. Div. in Caecil. 11, 34: Ciceronis pueri amant inter se, love one another (like the Fr. s ' entr ' aimer), id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
inter se consultare,
id. de Or. 2, 3, 13:
inter se amare,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1:
neque solum se colent inter se ac diligent,
id. Lael. 22, 82:
Di inter se diligunt,
id. N. D. 1, 44, 122:
furtim inter se aspiciebant,
id. Cat. 3, 5, 13:
complecti inter se lacrimantes milites coepisse,
Liv. 7, 42:
haec inter se cum repugnent, plerique non vident,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 29, 72:
inter se nondum satis noti,
Liv. 21, 39:
ratio et oratio conciliat homines inter se,
Cic. Off. 1, 16, 50:
ne nostra nobiscum aut inter nos cessatio vituperetur,
id. Fam. 9, 3, 4:
quae res eos in magno diuturnoque bello inter se habuit,
Sall. J. 79, 3.—Sometimes pleon., the reciprocal relation being sufficiently expressed by the context:
manus conserentis inter se Romanos exercitus,
Sall. H. 1, 41, 19 Dietsch:
Ulixes cum Ajace summa vi contendere inter se,
Dict. Cret. 5, 14:
conferti inter se,
id. 2, 46.—
(β).
So of things:
ita effici complexiones atomorum inter se,
mutual, reciprocal, Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19:
colles duos inter se propinquos occupat,
near one another, Sall. J. 98, 3:
haud procul inter se erant,
id. ib. 41, 2:
multum inter se distant istae facultates,
Cic. de Or. 1, 49, 215:
res inter se similes,
Quint. 9, 2, 51:
inter se dissimilis,
id. 9, 4, 17.—
(γ).
Of a common privacy, secrecy, etc.: inter nos, between or among ourselves, confidentially, like the Fr. entre nous:
nec consulto dicis occulte, sed quod inter nos liceat, ne tu quidem intellegis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 26, 74:
quod inter nos liceat dicere,
id. Att. 2, 4:
quod inter nos sit,
but let that be between ourselves, Sen. Ep. 12, 2. —
(δ).
With nouns denoting a multitude of persons, like apud (not ante-Aug.):
haudquaquam inter id genus contemptor habebatur,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
inter hostes variae fuere sententiae,
id. 4, 18, 1:
credula fama inter gaudentes,
Tac. H. 1, 34:
more inter veteres recepto,
id. ib. 2, 85.—
3.
Of a class of persons or things to which the subject is referred.
a.
In gen., among:
homines inter suos nobiles,
Cic. Fl. 22, 52:
inter suos et honestus et nobilis,
id. Clu. 5, 11:
in oratoribus vero admirabile est, quantum inter omnes unus excellat,
id. Or. 2, 6:
inter philosophos (Xenophon) reddendus est,
Quint. 10, 1, 37:
ille Croesus, inter reges opulentissimus,
Sen. Contr. 2, 9:
Borysthenes inter Scythiae amnes amoenissimus,
Mel. 2, 1, 6.— So freq. with sup., inter and acc. take the place of a gen.:
honestissimus inter suos numerabatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 16:
plurimum inter eos valere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4, 4:
maximum imperium inter finitimos,
Liv. 5, 3, 10:
inter Atheniensīs longe clarissimi,
Curt. 4, 13, 15; Plin. 34, 8, 21, § 81; Petr. 78; Sen. Suas. 2, 7; 2, 12; Just. 12, 7, 2; 36, 2, 6.
b.
Esp.: inter paucos, etc., [p. 977] among few, i. e. among the few select ones, eminently, especially:
pingunt et vestes in Aegypto inter pauca mirabili genere,
Plin. 35, 11, 42, § 150; cf.:
sternutamento utilis inter pauca,
id. 24, 11, 58, § 97:
pugna inter paucas memorata populi Romani clades,
Liv. 22, 7; cf.:
inter paucos disertus,
Quint. 10, 3, 13:
inter paucos familiarium Neroni assumptus est,
Tac. A. 16, 18:
claritudine paucos inter senum regum,
id. ib. 11, 10; so, inter alios: judicatur inter alios omnes beatus, qui in proelio profuderit animam, among all others to be noticed, i. e. especially, in the highest degree, Amm. 2, 3, 6; so,
inter cuncta,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 96:
inter omnia,
Curt. 3, 3, 18:
inter cetera,
Liv. 37, 12.—
c.
In judic. lang., t. t.: inter sicarios, on the charge of assassination:
cum praetor quaestionem inter sicarios exercuisset,
Cic. Fin. 2, 16, 54; id. Clu. 53, 147; cf.:
in recuperatorio judicio ejus maleficii, de quo inter sicarios quaeritur,
id. Inv. 2, 20, 60:
longo intervallo judicium inter sicarios hoc primum committitur,
id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11:
sexcenti sunt, qui inter sicarios et de veneficiis accusabant,
id. ib. 32, 90:
si ostenderis, quomodo sis eos inter sicarios defensurus,
id. Phil. 2, 4, 8.—
4.
In some idiomatic phrases.
a.
Inter manus, within reach, i. e. close at hand:
ante oculos interque manus sunt omnia vestras,
Verg. A. 11, 311; also, upon or in the hands:
inter manus domum ablatus,
Liv. 3, 13:
inter quas (manus) collapsus extinguitur,
Curt. 8, 2, 39:
inter manus auferri,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 28:
inter manus meas crevit,
under my hands, Sen. Ep. 12:
manus inter maestorumque ora parentum,
before their faces and within their reach, Verg. A. 2, 681.—
b.
Inter viam, vias, on the way:
dum rus eo, coepi egomet mecum inter vias,
Ter. Eun. 4, 2, 1; Plaut. Poen. 5, 3, 43:
si se inter viam obtulerit,
Cic. Att. 4, 3, 5. —
C.
Of time.
a.
Between two dates or periods specified:
dies XLV. inter binos ludos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52 fin.; Liv. 1, 3.—
b.
During, in the course of, within; for which, in English, we sometimes use by or at:
quot prandia inter continuum perdidi triennium,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 61:
omnia agentur, quae inter decem annos nefarie flagitioseque facta sunt,
Cic. Verr. 1, 13; cf.:
qui inter annos tot unus inventus sit, quem, etc.,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 23, 68:
inter ipsum pugnae tempus,
Liv. 36, 20:
inter noctem lux orta,
id. 32, 29:
qui plus cernant oculis per noctem quam inter diem,
Gell. 9, 4.—
c.
Freq., with substt., to denote an act performed at a certain time, in the course of, while:
haec inter cenam Tironi dictavi,
at table, Cic. Quint. Fragm. 3, 1, 6; cf.:
illuseras heri inter scyphos,
id. Fam. 7, 22:
inter fulmina et tonitrua,
id. Phil. 5, 6, 15:
promptior inter tenebras affirmatio,
Tac. A. 2, 82:
inter initia,
at the beginning, Cels. 3, 25.—
d.
During, and hence under the circumstances described, i. e. in spite of, notwithstanding:
nobis inter has turbas senatus tamen frequens flagitavit triumphum,
amid, in spite of these commotions, Cic. Fam. 16, 11:
utrumque consilium aspernatus, quod inter ancipitia deterrimum est, dum media sequitur,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
senum coloniae inter male parentes et injuste imperantes aegra municipia et discordantia,
id. Agr. 32; cf.:
ita neutris cura posteritatis inter infensos vel obnoxios,
id. H. 1, 1.—
e.
Inter haec, inter quae, meanwhile, during this time:
= interea, inter haec major alius terror,
in the mean time, Liv. 2, 24; cf.:
inter haec jam praemissi Albam erant equites,
id. 1, 29; 3, 57, 7; 44, 10, 5; Curt. 3, 1, 1; Suet. Tib. 8; 63:
inter quae tribuni plebei petivere, etc.,
Tac. A. 1, 15; 2, 34; 58; 3, 33; id. H. 1, 78; Curt. 4, 2, 10:
inter quae unctione uti licet,
Cels. 4, 2, 3.—
So with gerunds and gerundives: inter agendum,
at, while, Verg. E. 9, 24; Quint. 12, 3, 10:
inter disceptandum,
id. 12, 7, 6:
inter res agendas,
Suet. Caes. 45.—
D.
In composition its final r is assimilated in intellego and its derivatives.
a.
Between; as, intercedere, interponere. —
b.
At intervals, from time to time; as, interaestuare, intermittere, intervisere.—
c.
Under, down, to the bottom; as, interire, interficere.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > inter
3 an

I Präp.

1. (+ Dat) zeitlich: on; an Ostern / Weihnachten at Easter / Christmas; an einem schönen Sonntagabend on a pleasant Sunday evening; an jenem Morgen on that morning; an dem Tag, als... on the day when...; es ist an der Zeit it’s about time

2. (+ Dat) örtlich: at, on; Richtung: to; an der Grenze at the border; am Himmel in the sky; an einem Ort in a place; an seinem Platz in its place; an der Themse on the Thames; an erster Stelle in the first place; an Bord on board; an Deck on deck; an Land on land; am / ans Fenster at / to the window; an der / die Wand (lehnen[d]) against the wall; (hängen[d]) on the wall; eine Lampe an die Decke hängen hang a lamp (from the ceiling); an der Decke hängen hang from the ceiling; Schaden am Dach damage to the roof; den Hund an den Zaun binden tie the dog to the fence; jemanden an sich drücken / ziehen embrace s.o. / pull s.o. to one(‘s breast); er ging an i-r rechten / i-e rechte Seite he was walking on her right (side); an die frische Luft gehen get a breath of fresh air; es am Herzen / an der Lunge haben have heart / lung trouble

3. (+ Akk/Dat) (neben) by, next to; (nahe) by, near; am Wald by the woods; am Kamin ( Tisch) sitzen sit by the fire (at the table); sich ( nahe) an die Tür setzen take a seat next to the door; etw. an den Eingang stellen place s.th. near the entrance; an jemandem vorbeifahren drive past s.o., pass s.o. in the car; Kopf an Kopf neck and neck; Tür an Tür door to door

4. (+ Dat) (bei) at, by; an einer Schule / einem Theater at a school / theat|re (Am. auch -er); jemanden an der Hand führen / nehmen lead / take s.o. by the hand; an der Arbeit sein be at work

5. (+ Dat) (bezüglich, hinsichtlich) in; arm / reich an poor / rich in; jung an Jahren young in years; drei etc. an der Zahl three in number; unerreicht an Schönheit etc. unparalleled in beauty; ist das alles, was Sie an Hemden etc. haben? is that all you have in the way of shirts etc.?

6. fig.: das Leben etc. an sich as such, per se; eine an sich praktikable Lösung a solution, practicable in itself; Geld an sich reicht nicht aus money alone ( oder by itself) will not do; an ( und für) sich (genau genommen) properly speaking; (im Grunde) basically, actually; eine an ( und für) sich gute Idee a basically good ( oder sound) idea; etw. Seltsames etc. an sich (Dat) haben have s.th. odd etc. about it, him etc.; ist etwas an der Sache? is there something to it?; was ist denn an ihm, das dich so ärgert? what is it about him that annoys you so much?; was gefällt dir an ihm? what do you like about him?; es ist nicht an mir etc. zu (+ Inf.) it is not for me ( oder my place) to (+ Inf.)

7. ein Brief an jemanden for ( oder to) s.o.; eine Bitte an jemanden to s.o.; eine Frage an jemanden for ( oder to) s.o.; der Glaube(n) an (+ Akk) faith ( oder belief) in; die Schuld an (+ Dat) the blame for; arbeiten an work on; denken an think of; leiden an suffer from; etc. am, bis und die mit an verbundenen Adjektive, Substantive, Verben etc.

II Adv.

1. von... an from... (on[wards]); von da / nun an from then / now on; von heute an from today (on)

2. London an 19.05 arr. (= arrival) London 19.05 (Am. 7:05 p.m.)

3. das Gas ist an the gas is on; an - aus on - off

4. an die 50 Leute about ( oder roughly) 50 people

5. umg.: mit dem Mantel an wearing his, her etc. coat; ohne Mütze an without a cap; ohne was an umg. with nothing on, in the buff, without a stitch on hum.

* * *

on (Präp.); beside (Präp.); to (Präp.); at (Präp.); upon (Präp.); unto (Präp.);

(angeschaltet) on (Adv.)

* * *
ạn [an]
1. prep +dat

1) (räumlich: wo?) at; (= an etw dran) on

am Haus/Bahnhof — at the house/station

an dieser Schule — at this school

an der Wand stehen — to stand by the wall

am Fenster sitzen — to sit at or by the window

am Tatort — at the scene of the crime

an der Tür/Wand — on the door/wall

an der Donau/Autobahn/am Ufer/am Rhein — by or (direkt an gelegen) on the Danube/motorway/bank/Rhine

Frankfurt an der Oder — Frankfurt on (the) Oder

an etw hängen (lit) — to hang from or on sth

zu nahe an etw stehen — to be too near to sth

etw an etw festmachen — to fasten sth to sth

jdn an der Hand nehmen — to take sb by the hand

oben am Berg — up the mountain

unten am Fluss — down by the river

sie wohnen Tür an Tür — they live next door to one another, they are next-door neighbours (Brit) or neighbors (US)

Haus an Haus — one house after the other

Laden an Laden — one shop after the other

an etw vorbeigehen — to go past sth, to pass sth

See:

→ am, Bord, Land etc

2) (zeitlich) on

an diesem Abend — (on) that evening

am Tag zuvor — the day before, the previous day

an dem Abend, als ich... — the evening I...

an Ostern/Weihnachten (dial) — at Easter/Christmas

See:

→ am

3) (fig) siehe auch Substantive, Adjektive, Verben

jung an Jahren sein — to be young in years

fünf an der Zahl — five in number

jdn an etw erkennen — to recognize sb by sth

der Mangel/das Angebot an Waren — the lack/choice of goods

an etw arbeiten/schreiben/kauen — to be working on/writing/chewing sth

an etw sterben/leiden — to die of/suffer from sth

was haben Sie an Weinen da? — what wines do you have?

unübertroffen an Qualität — unsurpassed in quality

an etw schuld sein — to be to blame for sth

an der ganzen Sache ist nichts — there is nothing in it

es an der Leber etc haben (inf) — to have trouble with one's liver etc, to have liver etc trouble

was findet sie an dem Mann? — what does she see in that man?

sie hat etwas an sich, das... — there is something about her that...

es ist an ihm, etwas zu tun (geh) — it's up to him to do something

2. prep +acc

1) (räumlich: wohin?) to; (= gegen) on, against

etw an die Wand/Tafel schreiben — to write sth on the wall/blackboard

die Zweige reichten ( bis) an den Boden/mein Fenster — the branches reached down to the ground/up to my window

etw an etw hängen — to hang sth on sth

er ging ans Fenster — he went (over) to the window

An den Vorsitzenden... (bei Anschrift) — The Chairman...

ans Telefon gehen — to answer the phone

See:

→ bis, Bord, Land

2)

(zeitlich: woran?) an die Zukunft/Vergangenheit denken — to think of the future/past

bis an mein Lebensende — to the end of my days

3) (fig) siehe auch Substantive, Adjektive, Verben

an die Arbeit gehen — to get down to work

an jdn/etw glauben — to believe in sb/sth

ich habe eine Bitte/Frage an Sie — I have a request to make of you/question to ask you

an ( und für) sich — actually

eine an ( und für) sich gute Idee — actually quite a good idea, as such quite a good idea

wie war es? – an (und für) sich ganz schön — how was it? – on the whole it was quite nice

See:

→ ab

3. adv

1) (= ungefähr) about

an (die) hundert — about a hundred

2)

(Ankunftszeit) Frankfurt an: 18.30 Uhr — arriving Frankfurt 18.30

3)

von diesem Ort an — from here onwards

von diesem Tag an — from this day on(wards)

von heute an — from today onwards

4) (inf = angeschaltet, angezogen) on

Licht an! — lights on!

ohne etwas an — with nothing on, without anything on

See:

→ an sein

* * *

1) (touching or in contact with: He stood with his back against the wall; The rain beat against the window.) against

2) at

3) (used to indicate a cause or reason: He is suffering from a cold.) from

4) (used to show a cause: She died of hunger.) of

5) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) on

6) on

7) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) on

8) (( also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) on

* * *

an

[an]

I. präp

1. +dat (direkt bei) at

der Knopf \an der Maschine the button on the machine

nahe \an der Autobahn close to the motorway [or AM freeway]

\an dieser Stelle in this place, on this spot

2. +dat (in Berührung mit) on

er nahm sie \an der Hand he took her by the hand

3. +dat (auf/bei) at

sie ist am Finanzamt she works for the Inland Revenue

4. +dat (zur Zeit von) on

\an den Abenden in the evenings

\an jenem Morgen that morning

\an Weihnachten at Christmas; (25. Dezember) on Christmas Day

5. +dat (verbunden mit einer S./Person) about

das Angenehme/Besondere/Schwierige \an etw the nice [or pleasant]/special/difficult thing about sth

was ist \an ihm so besonders? what's so special about him?

das gefällt mir gar nicht \an ihr I don't like that about her at all

6. +dat (nebeneinander)

Tür \an Tür wohnen to be next-door neighbours [or AM -ors]

in der Altstadt steht Haus \an Haus dicht beieinander in the old town the houses are very close together

die Zuschauer standen dicht \an dicht the spectators were packed close together

7. + dat SCHWEIZ (auf) on; (bei) at; (in) in

das kam gestern am Fernsehen it was on television yesterday

8. + akk räumlich

sie ging \ans Klavier she went to the piano

er setzte sich \an den Tisch he sat down at the table

die Hütte war \an den Fels gebaut the hut was built on the rocks

bis \an etw reichen to reach as far as sth

pflanze den Baum nicht zu dicht \ans Haus don't plant the tree too close to the house

er schrieb etw \an die Tafel he wrote sth on the board

etw \an etw lehnen to lean sth against sth

er setzte sich gleich \an den Computer he went straight to the computer

9. +akk (sich wendend) to

\an das Telefon gehen to answer the telephone

\an dieses Gerät lasse ich keinen ran! I won't let anybody touch this equipment!

10. +akk zeitlich (sich bis zu etw erstreckend) of, about

sie dachten nicht \an Morgen they didn't think about [or of] tomorrow

kannst du dich noch \an früher erinnern? can you still remember the old days?

11. + akk SCHWEIZ (zu) to

12.

▶ \an [und für] sich actually

▶ \an jdm/etw vorbei past; s.a. ab

II. adv

1. (ungefähr)

▪ \an die... about, approximately

2. (Ankunftszeit) arriving at

3. ELEK (fam: angeschaltet) on

\an sein to be on; Licht a. to be burning

4. (fam: angezogen) on

ohne etwas \an with nothing on

5. (zeitlich)

von etw \an from sth on [or onwards]

von seiner Kindheit \an from the time he was a child

von jetzt \an from now on

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) at; (auf) on

an einem Ort — at a place

an der Wand hängen — be hanging on the wall

an der Wand stehen — stand by or against the wall

an der Mosel/Donau liegen — be [situated] on the Moselle/Danube

Frankfurt an der Oder — Frankfurt on [the] Oder

an etwas lehnen — lean against something

Tür an Tür — next door to one another

2) (zeitlich) on

an jedem Sonntag — every Sunday

an dem Abend, als er... — [on] the evening he...

an Ostern — (bes. südd.) at Easter

3) (bei bestimmten Substantiven, Adjektiven und Verben)

arm/reich an Vitaminen — low/rich in vitamins

jemanden an etwas erkennen — recognize somebody by something

ein Mangel an etwas — a shortage of something

an etwas leiden — suffer from something

es an der Leber haben — have liver trouble

an einer Krankheit sterben — die of a disease

es ist an ihm, das zu tun — it is up to him to do it

er hat etwas an sich — there ist something about him

4)

an [und für] sich — (eigentlich) actually
2.
Präposition mit Akk

1) to; (auf, gegen) on

etwas an jemanden schicken — send something to somebody

etwas an etwas hängen — hang something on something

2) (bei bestimmten Substantiven, Adjektiven und Verben)

an etwas/jemanden glauben — believe in something/somebody

an etwas denken — think of something

sich an etwas erinnern — remember or recall something

an die Arbeit gehen — get down to work

einen Gruß an jemanden ausrichten lassen — send greetings to somebody

ich konnte kaum an mich halten vor Lachen/Ärger — I could hardly contain myself for laughing/hardly contain my anger
3.
Adverb

1) (Verkehrsw.)

Köln an: 9.15 — arriving Cologne 09.15

2) (ugs.): (in Betrieb) on

die Waschmaschine/der Fernseher/das Licht/das Gas ist an — the washing machine/television/light/gas is on

Scheinwerfer an! — spotlights on!

3) (ugs.): (ungefähr) around; about

an [die] 20 000 Euro — around or about 20,000 euros; s. auch ab 2. 4); von 1. 1), 2)

* * *

an

A. präp

1. (+dat) zeitlich: on;

an Ostern/Weihnachten at Easter/Christmas;

an einem schönen Sonntagabend on a pleasant Sunday evening;

an jenem Morgen on that morning;

an dem Tag, als … on the day when …;

es ist an der Zeit it’s about time

2. (+dat) örtlich: at, on; Richtung: to;

an der Grenze at the border;

am Himmel in the sky;

an einem Ort in a place;

an seinem Platz in its place;

an der Themse on the Thames;

an erster Stelle in the first place;

an Bord on board;

an Deck on deck;

an Land on land;

am/ans Fenster at/to the window;

an der/die Wand (lehnen[d]) against the wall; (hängen[d]) on the wall;

eine Lampe an die Decke hängen hang a lamp (from the ceiling);

an der Decke hängen hang from the ceiling;

Schaden am Dach damage to the roof;

den Hund an den Zaun binden tie the dog to the fence;

jemanden an sich drücken/ziehen embrace sb/pull sb to one(’s breast);

er ging an i-r rechten/i-e rechte Seite he was walking on her right (side);

an die frische Luft gehen get a breath of fresh air;

es am Herzen/an der Lunge haben have heart/lung trouble

3. (+akk/dat) (neben) by, next to; (nahe) by, near;

am Wald by the woods;

am Kamin (Tisch) sitzen sit by the fire (at the table);

sich (nahe) an die Tür setzen take a seat next to the door;

etwas an den Eingang stellen place sth near the entrance;

an jemandem vorbeifahren drive past sb, pass sb in the car;

Kopf an Kopf neck and neck;

Tür an Tür door to door

4. (+dat) (bei) at, by;

an einer Schule/einem Theater at a school/theatre (US auch -er);

jemanden an der Hand führen/nehmen lead/take sb by the hand;

an der Arbeit sein be at work

5. (+dat) (bezüglich, hinsichtlich) in;

arm/reich an poor/rich in;

jung an Jahren young in years;

drei etc

an der Zahl three in number;

unerreicht an Schönheit etc unparalleled in beauty;

ist das alles, was Sie an Hemden etc

haben? is that all you have in the way of shirts etc?

6. fig: das Leben etc

an sich as such, per se;

eine an sich praktikable Lösung a solution, practicable in itself;

Geld an sich reicht nicht aus money alone ( oder by itself) will not do;

an (und für) sich (genau genommen) properly speaking; (im Grunde) basically, actually;

eine an (und für) sich gute Idee a basically good ( oder sound) idea;

etwas Seltsames etc

an sich (dat)

haben have sth odd etc about it, him etc;

ist etwas an der Sache? is there something to it?;

was ist denn an ihm, das dich so ärgert? what is it about him that annoys you so much?;

was gefällt dir an ihm? what do you like about him?;

es ist nicht an mir etc

zu (+inf) it is not for me ( oder my place) to (+inf)

7. ein Brief

an jemanden for ( oder to) sb;

eine Bitte

an jemanden to sb;

eine Frage

an jemanden for ( oder to) sb;

der Glaube(n) an (+akk) faith ( oder belief) in;

die Schuld an (+dat) the blame for;

arbeiten an work on;

denken an think of;

leiden an suffer from; etc → am, bis und die mit an verbundenen Adjektive, Substantive, Verben etc

B. adv

1.

von … an from … (on[wards]);

von da/nun an from then/now on;

von heute an from today (on)

2.

London an 19.05 arr. (= arrival) London 19.05 (US 7:05 p.m.)

3.

das Gas ist an the gas is on;

an - aus on - off

4.

an die 50 Leute about ( oder roughly) 50 people

5. umg:

mit dem Mantel an wearing his, her etc coat;

ohne Mütze an without a cap;

ohne was an umg with nothing on, in the buff, without a stitch on hum

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) at; (auf) on

an einem Ort — at a place

an der Wand hängen — be hanging on the wall

an der Wand stehen — stand by or against the wall

an der Mosel/Donau liegen — be [situated] on the Moselle/Danube

Frankfurt an der Oder — Frankfurt on [the] Oder

an etwas lehnen — lean against something

Tür an Tür — next door to one another

2) (zeitlich) on

an jedem Sonntag — every Sunday

an dem Abend, als er... — [on] the evening he...

an Ostern — (bes. südd.) at Easter

3) (bei bestimmten Substantiven, Adjektiven und Verben)

arm/reich an Vitaminen — low/rich in vitamins

jemanden an etwas erkennen — recognize somebody by something

ein Mangel an etwas — a shortage of something

an etwas leiden — suffer from something

es an der Leber haben — have liver trouble

an einer Krankheit sterben — die of a disease

es ist an ihm, das zu tun — it is up to him to do it

er hat etwas an sich — there ist something about him

4)

an [und für] sich — (eigentlich) actually
2.
Präposition mit Akk

1) to; (auf, gegen) on

etwas an jemanden schicken — send something to somebody

etwas an etwas hängen — hang something on something

2) (bei bestimmten Substantiven, Adjektiven und Verben)

an etwas/jemanden glauben — believe in something/somebody

an etwas denken — think of something

sich an etwas erinnern — remember or recall something

an die Arbeit gehen — get down to work

einen Gruß an jemanden ausrichten lassen — send greetings to somebody

ich konnte kaum an mich halten vor Lachen/Ärger — I could hardly contain myself for laughing/hardly contain my anger
3.
Adverb

1) (Verkehrsw.)

Köln an: 9.15 — arriving Cologne 09.15

2) (ugs.): (in Betrieb) on

die Waschmaschine/der Fernseher/das Licht/das Gas ist an — the washing machine/television/light/gas is on

Scheinwerfer an! — spotlights on!

3) (ugs.): (ungefähr) around; about

an [die] 20 000 Euro — around or about 20,000 euros; s. auch ab 2. 4); von 1. 1), 2)

* * *

präp.

at prep.

by prep.

in prep.

on prep.

to prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > an
4 près

près [pʀε]

adverb

(dans l'espace, dans le temps) close

• la gare est tout près we're very close to the station

• il habite assez/tout près he lives quite/very near or close

• ne te mets pas trop près don't get too close

• c'est plus/moins près que je ne croyais (espace) it's nearer than/further than I thought ; (temps) it's sooner than/further off than I thought

• c'est terminé à peu de chose près it's more or less finished

• je vais vous donner le chiffre à un centimètre près I'll give you the figure to within about a centimetre

• cela fait 100 € à peu de chose(s) près that comes to 100 euros, or as near as makes no difference

• il n'est plus à 10 minutes près he can wait another 10 minutes

► de près

• il voit mal/bien de près he can't see very well/he can see all right close to

• surveiller qn de près to keep a close watch on sb

• il faudra examiner cette affaire de plus près we must take a closer look at this business

• on a frôlé de très près la catastrophe we came within an inch of disaster

• de près ou de loin [ressembler] more or less

• tout ce qui touche de près ou de loin au cinéma everything remotely connected with cinema► près de near close to

• leur maison est près de l'église their house is near the church

• le plus près possible de la porte as near the door as possible

• une robe près du corps a close-fitting dress

• ils étaient très près l'un de l'autre they were very close to each other

• elle est près de sa mère she's with her mother

• être très près du but to be very close to or near one's goal

• être près de son argent or de ses sous (inf) to be tight-fisted

• il est près de la retraite he's close to or near retirement

• il est près de la cinquantaine he's nearly fifty► ne pas être près de + infinitif

• je ne suis pas près de partir/de réussir at this rate, I'm not likely to be going/to succeed

• je ne suis pas près de recommencer I won't do that again in a hurry

* * *
pʀɛ
1.

adverbe

1) ( non loin dans l'espace) close

la ville est tout près — it's no distance to the town, the town is close by

ce n'est pas tout près — it's quite a way

se raser de près — to have a close shave

2) fig

10 kg, à quelques grammes près — 10 kg, give or take a few grammes

ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près — this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail

à ceci or cela près que — except that

il m'a remboursé au centime près — he paid me back to the very last penny

à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté — the project would have been adopted but for one vote

gagner à deux voix près — to win by two votes

prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près — take your time, five minutes won't make any difference

précis au millimètre près — accurate to within a millimetre [BrE]

à une exception près — with only one exception

à quelques exceptions près — with a few rare exceptions

2.

près de locution prépositive

1) ( dans l'espace) near

elle habite près d'ici — she lives nearby ou near here

être près du but — fig to be close to achieving one's goal

j'aimerais être près de toi — I'd like to be with you

elle est près de lui — ( à ses côtés) she's at his side

2) ( dans le temps) near, nearly

il est près de l'âge de la retraite — he's near retirement age

il est près de minuit — it's nearly midnight

être près de faire — to be about to do

je suis près de penser que — I almost think that

ils étaient près de la victoire — they were close to victory

le problème n'est pas près d'être résolu — the problem is nowhere near solved

3) (par les idées, les sentiments) close (de to)

ils sont très près l'un de l'autre — they are very close

vivre près de la nature — to live close to nature

4) ( presque) nearly, almost

cela coûte près de 500 euros — it costs nearly ou almost 500 euros

3.

de près locution adverbiale closely

regarder de plus près — to take a closer look

suivre quelqu'un de près — to follow somebody closely

surveiller quelqu'un/qch de près — to keep a close eye on somebody/sth

vu de près, cela rassemble à... — seen from close quarters, it looks like...

les concurrents se suivent de près — the competitors are close together

s'intéresser de près à quelque chose — to take a close interest in something

voir la mort de près — to look death in the face, to come close to death

à y regarder de plus près — on closer examination

4.

à peu près locution adverbiale ( presque)

la rue est à peu près vide — the street is practically ou virtually empty

cela coûte à peu près 20 euros — it costs about ou around 20 euros

il y a à peu près une heure qu'il est parti — he left about an hour ago

à peu près de la même façon — in much the same way

à peu près semblables — pretty much the same

cela désigne à peu près n'importe quoi — it refers to just about anything

* * *
pʀɛ adv
1) (pas loin) near

tout près — nearby

J'habite tout près. — I live nearby.

près de — near

Il habite près de la poste. — He lives near the post office.

Assieds-toi près de moi. — Sit down next to me.

près d'ici — near here

Est-ce que c'est près d'ici? — Is it near here?

de près — closely

Il a regardé la photo de près. — He looked closely at the photo.

2) (autres locutions)

près de (= environ) — nearly

Il y avait près de cinq cents spectateurs. — There were nearly 500 spectators.

à qch près; à 1kg près — to within about 1kg

On n'est pas à un jour près. — One day won't make any difference., One day either way won't make any difference.

à peu de choses près — more or less

à cela près que — apart from the fact that

être près de faire — to be on the point of doing

Il était près de le dénoncer. — He was on the point of informing on him.

ne pas être près de faire qch — to be not about to do sth

Je ne suis pas près de lui pardonner. — I'm not about to forgive him.

* * *

près

A adv

1 ( non loin dans l'espace) close; la ville est tout près it's no distance to the town, the town is close by; ce n'est pas tout près it's quite a way; c'est plus près qu'on ne pense it's closer than you'd think; se raser de près to have a close shave;

2 ( non loin dans le temps) les vacances sont tout près maintenant the vacation is nearly here ou upon us;

3 fig cela pèse 10 kg, à quelques grammes près it weighs 10 kg, give or take a few grams; ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail; à ceci or cela près que except that; il m'a remboursé au centime près he paid me back to the very last penny; à une minute près, j'avais mon train/je battais mon record I was within a minute of catching my train/breaking my record; à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté the project would have been adopted but for one vote; gagner/perdre à deux voix près to win/lose by two votes; elles sont semblables, à la couleur près they're the same but for the colour^GB; prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près take your time, five minutes won't make any difference; ils ne sont plus à un vol près one more theft won't make any difference to them; je ne suis pas à un paquet de cigarettes près what does the odd packet of cigarettes matter?; précis au millimètre près accurate to within a millimetre^GB; à une exception près with only one exception; à quelques exceptions près with a few rare exceptions.

B près de loc prép

1 ( dans l'espace) near; j'aimerais être près de toi I'd like to be with you; elle habite près d'ici she lives nearby ou near here; être près du but fig to be close to achieving one's goal; la balle est passée très près du cœur the bullet just missed the heart; près d'elle, un enfant jouait a child was playing near her ou beside her; elle est près de lui ( à ses côtés) she's with him;

2 ( dans le temps) near, nearly; il est près de l'âge de la retraite he's near retirement age; il est près de minuit it's nearly midnight; elle est près de la cinquantaine she's nearly fifty; on est près des vacances maintenant the holidays are nearly here ou upon us; être près de faire to be about to do; je ne suis pas près de recommencer/d'y retourner I'm not about to do that again/to go back there again; être près de partir/sombrer to be about to leave/sink; le jour est près de se lever dawn is about to break; je suis près de penser/croire que I almost think/believe that; être près de réussir/de refuser/d'accepter to be about to succeed/to refuse/to accept, to be on the point of succeeding/of refusing/of accepting; ils étaient près de la victoire they were close to victory; le problème n'est pas près d'être résolu the problem is nowhere near solved;

3 (par les idées, les sentiments) close; elle a toujours été très près de sa mère she has always been very close to her mother; ils sont très près l'un de l'autre they are very close; vivre près de la nature to live close to nature;

4 ( presque) nearly, almost; cela coûte près de 1 000 euros it costs nearly ou almost 1,000 euros; il a cessé de fumer pendant près de 20 ans he didn't smoke for nearly 20 years; cela a nécessité près d'un an de travail it involved nearly a year's work; le chômage touche près de 3 millions de personnes unemployment affects nearly ou almost 3 million people; une toile de près de 2 m sur 3 a canvas measuring almost 2 m by 3; cela fait près d'un mois que j'attends I've been waiting close to ou for nearly a month.

C de près loc adv closely; regarder de plus près to take a closer look; regarder/examiner qch de près to look at/to examine sth closely; observer/suivre qn de près to observe/to follow sb closely; surveiller qn/qch de près to keep a close eye on sb/sth; le coup de fusil a été tiré de très près the shot was fired at close range; voir de près to see clearly close up; vu de près, cela rassemble à… seen from close quarters, it looks like…; les examens/concurrents se suivent de près the exams/competitors are close together; les explosions se succédèrent de près the explosions came in close succession; être lié de près à qch to be closely linked with sth; s'intéresser de près à qch to take a close interest in sth; frôler de près la catastrophe to come close to disaster; ne pas y regarder de trop près not to look too closely; voir la mort de près to look death in the face, to come close to death; à y regarder de plus près on closer examination.

D à peu près loc adv ( presque) la rue est à peu près vide the street is practically ou virtually empty; cela coûte à peu près 200 euros it costs about ou around 200 euros; il y a à peu près une heure qu'il est parti he left about an hour ago, it's about an hour since he left; un groupe d'à peu près 50 personnes a group of about ou some 50 people; je pense à peu près comme toi I think more or less the same as you; à peu près de la même façon in much the same way; à peu près semblables pretty much the same; cela désigne à peu près n'importe quoi it refers to just about anything; c'est à peu près tout that's about the size of it; c'est à peu près tout ce qu'on sait sur cette affaire that's just about all we know about this matter.

[prɛ] adverbe

1. [dans l'espace] near, close

cent mètres plus près one hundred metres nearer ou closer

le bureau est tout près the office is very near ou just around the corner

2. [dans le temps] near, close, soon

jeudi c'est trop près, disons plutôt samedi Thursday is too soon, let's say Saturday

————————

[prɛ] préposition

(soutenu)

ambassadeur près le Saint-Siège ambassador to the Holy See

————————

à... près locution correlative

c'est parfait, à un détail près it's perfect but for ou except for one thing

j'ai raté mon train à quelques secondes près I missed my train by a few seconds

vous n'en êtes plus à un procès près what's one more trial to you?

on n'est pas à 50 euros près we can spare 50 euros

tu n'es plus à cinq minutes près another five minutes won't make much difference

————————

à cela près que locution conjonctive

except that

à peu de choses près locution adverbiale

more or less

à peu de choses près, il y en a cinquante there are fifty of them, more or less ou give or take a few

————————

à peu près locution adverbiale

1. [environ] about, around

on était à peu près cinquante there were about ou around fifty of us

2. [plus ou moins] more or less

il sait à peu près comment y aller he knows more or less ou roughly how to get there

————————

de près locution adverbiale

at close range ou quarters

il est rasé de près he's clean-shaven

surveiller quelqu'un de près to keep a close watch ou eye on somebody

frôler quelque chose de près to come within an inch of something

les explosions se sont suivies de très près the explosions took place within seconds of each other

ses enfants se suivent de près her children are close together in age

regarder quelque chose de (très) près

a. (sens propre) to look at something very closely

b. (figuré) to look (very) closely at something, to look carefully into something

étudions la question de plus près let's take a closer look at the problem

cela ressemble, de près ou de loin, à une habile escroquerie however ou whichever way you look at it, it's a skilful piece of fraud

tout ce qui touche, de près ou de loin à everything (which is) even remotely connected with

————————

près de locution prépositionnelle

1. [dans l'espace] near

assieds-toi près de lui sit near him ou next to him

vêtements près du corps close-fitting ou tight-fitting clothes

[affectivement, qualitativement] close to

les premiers candidats sont très près les uns des autres there's very little difference between the first few candidates

être près de ses sous ou de son argent to be tightfisted

2. [dans le temps]

on est près des vacances it's nearly the holidays

il doit être près de la retraite he must be about to retire

nous étions près de partir we were about to leave

vous êtes près d'avoir deviné you've nearly guessed

je ne suis pas près d'oublier ça I'm not about to ou it'll be a long time before I forget that

3. [environ, presque] nearly, almost

on était près de cinquante there were almost ou nearly fifty of us

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > près
5 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
6 admoveo

ad-mŏvĕo, mōvi, mōtum, 2, v. a. (admōram, admōrim, etc., sync. for admoveram, admoverim, etc., Verg. A. 4, 367; Ov. P. 3, 7, 36), to move a person or thing; to bring, conduct, lead, carry, etc., to or toward a place (syn.: adduco, adicio, adhibeo, appello).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., constr. with ad or with dat. (in the histt., of an army, implements for besieging, etc.; class. at all periods): dum ne exercitum propius urbem Romam CC milia admoveret, Cic. Phil. 6, 3, 5:
copias in locum,
Liv. 42, 57:
signa Achradinae,
id. 25, 24 ext.; so Flor. 1, 24, 3, 23:
castra,
Sil. 1, 296.—Hence, also, sometimes absol., to draw near, to approach, to bring near:
jam admovebat rex,
Curt. 9, 4:
jam opera admoventi deditio est facta,
Liv. 32, 32:
scalas moenibus,
Tac. A. 13, 39. — Trop.:
quot admovi illi fabricas! quot fallacias!
Plaut. Cist. 2, 2, 5 (where formerly admoenivi was erroneously read):
tamquam aliquā machinā admotā, capere Asinii adulescentiam,
Cic. Clu. 13;
so also: ignes ardentesque laminae ceterique cruciatus admovebantur (sc. civi Romano),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 63:
dolorum faces,
id. Off. 2, 10, 37:
cumque quasi faces ei doloris admoverentur,
id. Tusc. 2, 25, 61:
fasciculum ad nares,
id. ib. 3, 18 fin.:
pecus flagrantibus aris,
Verg. A. 12, 171:
admotae hostiae (sc. aris),
Tac. A. 2, 69; so Suet. Calig. 32; Luc. 7, 165: Hannibalem admotum, i. e. adductum altaribus, led or conducted to, Liv. 21, 1:
labra poculis,
Verg. E. 3, 43:
ignes templis,
Tib. 3, 5, 11:
exercitum Ariminum,
Liv. 28, 46:
vultum ad auditores,
Auct. Her. 3, 15:
animam admotis fugientem sustinet herbis,
Ov. M. 10, 188:
(opes) Stygiis admoverat umbris,
id. ib. 1, 139:
manus operi,
to apply, id. ib. 10, 254:
capiti diadema,
Suet. Caes. 79:
digitum scripturae,
id. Aug. 80:
oscula,
to give a kiss, Ov. M. 10, 644:
aliquem ad munera publica,
to promote, advance, Suet. Tib. 10:
infantes papillae,
to put to, id. Tib. 44 al.:
gressum,
to approach nearer, Stat. Th. 11, 560 (cf.: addere gressum).—
B.
Esp.
1.
To bring one thing near to another, and in the pass. poet. of places, to lie or be situated near:
nocturna ad lumina linum nuper ubi extinctum admoveas,
Lucr. 6, 901:
quae nisi admoto igne ignem concipere possit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 45 fin.: culina ut sit admota, i. e. near or close by, Varr. R. R. 1, 13, 2:
genus admotum Superis,
nearly related, Sil. 8, 295:
admota Nilo Africa,
Juv. 10, 149.—Hence, aliquem alicui, to bring one near another, i. e. to make friends, to reconcile:
mors Agrippae admovit propius Neronem Caesari,
Vell. 2, 96.—
2.
With the access. idea of regard to an object to be attained, to move, bring, or apply a thing to; e. g. admovere aures (or aurem), to lend an ear to: manus (or manum) operi, to put one's hand to a work, etc.: accessi, adstiti, animam ( my breath) compressi, aurem admovi, Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 28:
admovere aures et subauscultando excipere voces,
Cic. de Or. 2, 36 (cf.:
aures adhibere,
id. Arch. 3:
praebere aures,
Ov. Tr. 3, 7, 25; and:
tenere aures,
id. ib. 4, 10, 49); and aures, poet. for auditores:
cum tibi sol tepidus plures admoverit aures,
Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 19:
admovent manus vectigalibus populi Rom.,
Cic. Agr. 1, 4; Ov. M. 15, 218; Liv. 5, 22, 4:
in marmoribus, quibus Nicias manum admovisset,
which he had put his hand to, Plin. 35, 11, 40, § 133; Curt. 6, 7:
ruderibus purgandis manus primus admovit,
Suet. Vesp. 8. But sometimes manus admovere signif., to lay violent hands on, to attack or assault:
numquam deos ipsos admovere nocentibus manus,
Liv. 5, 11 fin. al.—
II.
Fig., of mental objects, to put, apply, or direct to any thing:
quid praedicem... quot stimulos admoverit homini,
put the goad to, Cic. Sest. 5, 12:
mulier saevissima est, Cum stimulos odio pudor admovet,
Juv. 10, 328:
num admoveri possit oratio ad sensus animorum inflammandos,
Cic. de Or. 1, 14, 60:
animis judicum admovere orationem, tamquam fidibus manum,
id. Brut. 54, 200: sed alia quaedam sit ad eum admovenda curatio (just before: adhibenda oratio; cf.
adhibeo),
id. Tusc. 4, 28, 61: mentem ad voces alicujus, to direct to, attend to, Auct. Harusp. Resp. 10: serus enim Graecis admovit acumina chartis, not until late did ( the Roman) apply his wits to Greek literature, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 161:
terrorem,
to strike with terror, Liv. 6, 10; 41, 17:
spes est admota,
Ov. M. 11, 454:
spes cupiditati admota occaecavit animum,
Liv. 43, 10; id. 27, 43: desiderium patriae, to instil or infuse, Curt. 6, 2 al.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > admoveo
7 HJÁ

by

* * *

prep. with dat.

1) by, near;

liggja (sitja) hjá e-m, to lie (sit) by one;

sofa (hvíla) hjá e-m, to sleep with one;

hjá durunum, near (close to) the door;

2) by, with;

vera hjá e-m, to stay with one;

vera í gistingu hjá e-m, to lodge with one;

maðr einn var eptir hjá honum, was left with him;

3) present;

svá at Flosi var hjá, in the presence of F.;

4) past, by;

fara, ganga hjá e-m, to go by, pass one (mánaði síðarr fóru þeir hjá mér kátir);

farast hjá, to pass by one another;

fara hjá sér, to go beside oneself;

fram hjá Knafahólum, past K.;

þeir riðu hjá fram, they rode by;

5) in comparison with (to);

höfðu þeir fátt kvikfjár hjá því sem þurfti, they had few live stock in comparison with what was needed.

* * *

prep. [this prep. is peculiar to the Scandin. languages, which in their turn lack the Germ. and Saxon bei, by; the Dan. and Swed. add an s, hos, qs. hiaa’s, haa’s; hjá may be akin to Goth. heiva and Icel. hjú, q. v.; cp. Lat. cum]:—by, beside, with dat.:

1. by, near, at hand, Lat. juxta; setjask niðr hjá e-m, to take a seat by a person’s side, Nj. 3, Fs. 83; Egill setti hana niðr hjá sér, Eg. 249; liggja hjá e-m, to lie by one, Nj. 94; rekkja hjá konu, Ld. 30; hvíla hjá konu, Hbl. 17; sofa hjá e-m, to sleep in the same bed with one, Korm.; hann var jarðaðr (earthed, buried) hjá föður sínum, Fms. x. 111; sverðit stóð hjá honum, i. 16; næsta bæ hjá Rúts-stöðum, Nj. 32; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, this land lying close at hand, Ld. 210.

2. near, close to; gluggar vóru hjá brúnásunum, Nj. 95; hann var heygðr hjá Hofi, 163; hjá þreskeldi, Korm. (in a verse); þar hjá garðinum, Fs. 56; hjá brjóstinu, id.; hjá hvílu búanda þíns, Nj. 19; spjót koma upp hjá hólunum, 95; í hjá Ölvosvatni, Íb. 11; hjá dyrunum, O. H. L. 72: í hjá = hjá, hann stóð í hjá vandbálki nokkurum, id.; þar í hjá, close by, Grág. ii. 338.

3. by, with, Lat. apud; vera hjá e-m, to stay with one; vera í gistingu hjá e-m, to lodge with one, Dropl. 9; þau vóru þar hjá konungi í góðu yfirlæti, Bárð. 178; þeirra manna er í hjá oss vóru, Gþl.; taka upp giptu hjá e-m, Fms. xi. 426; maðr einn var eptir hjá honum, Lv. 63; eru þeir hér ódáða-menninir hjá þér, Hlenni? 64.

4. in the presence of, Lat. coram; svá at Flosi var hjá, in the presence of Flosi, Nj. 259; móðir þeirra var hjá, 214; þeir vóru þá í hjá ok heyrðu, Anal. 294; vera í hjá, Gþl. 287 passim.

5. passing by, Germ. vorbei; mánaði síðar fóru þeir hjá mér kátir, Fb. ii. 288; sneiða hjá, to pass by, Fbr. 70; hann þóttisk eigi sneiða mega hjá slíkum málum, Háv. 55; farask hjá, to pass by one another, Eb. 270; sitja (kyrr) hjá e-u máli, not to stir, remain neutral, 124, Fms. xi. 83: absol., Nj. 97; láta menn sitja hjá kyrra, to let them be unmolested, Ld. 258; vilda ek at þú létir vera ok hjá liða (to let it go by, notice it not) þetta vandræði, 206; leiðir hann hjá sér þessi mála-ferli, Eb. 38 new Ed.; annan veg mun reynask en hann Hrói láti hjá sér líða þat ( leave undone) sem hann er heitbundinn í við vini sína, Rd. 246; fara hjá sér, to go beside oneself, go out of one’s mind, Eb. 270; hleypa þeir upp hjá þeim, Nj. 107.

β. fram hjá, past, by, Germ. vorbei; en ef þik berr skjótt fram hjá, þá …, Lv. 65, Fs. 108; hann gengr í móti þeim ok hjá þeim, and past them, Valla L. 212; fram hjá Knafa-hólum, Nj. 95; ríða vestr hjá Hallbjarnar-vörðum, 4; þeir riðu hjá fram, rode by, 96.

6. besides; gefa aðrar sakir bóndum hjá fram, Bs. i. 496.

II. metaph. in comparison with, to; réttlátir hjá íllum, Eluc. 16; lítils verðr hjá sínum göfgum frændum, Skálda 176; þeim þykir allt lágt hjá sér, Ld. 214; þótti allt barna-vipr þat er aðrar konur höfðu í skarti hjá henni, 122; hin stóru skipin Bagla urðu ekki mjúkræs hjá þeim er Birkibeinar höfðu, Fms. viii. 384; er þá sýkn dagr hjá því sem nú er, iv. 265; höfðu þeir fátt kvikfjár hjá því sem þurfti, Eg. 134; þó at Ólafr konungr hafi eigi lið mikit hjá her þeim er vér höfum, Ó. H. 214; hefir hann nú lítið fjölmenni hjá því sem hann hafði í sumar, 168; þvkir yðr allt lágt hjá yðr Vatnsdælum, Fs. 53; Þórr er lágr ok lítill hjá stórmenni því er hér er með oss, Edda 33.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HJÁ
8 vicino

"contiguous;

Benachbart;

vizinho"

* * *

1. adj near, close

vicino a near, close to

( accanto a) next to

da vicino esaminare closely

visto close up

2. adv nearby, close by

3. m, vicina f neighbo(u)r

* * *

vicino agg.

1 ( nello spazio e nel tempo) near (by), close; near at hand (pred.): siamo vicini a casa, we're near (o close to) home; fermiamoci all'albergo più vicino, let's stop at the nearest hotel; ''é lontana la fermata del tram?'' ''No, è vicinissima'', ''Is the tram stop a long way off?'' ''No, it's very near (o it's nearby)''; Natale è ormai vicino, Christmas is near at hand // un uomo più vicino ai cinquanta che ai quaranta, a man closer to fifty (years of age) than forty // l'inverno era ormai vicino, winter was drawing near // gli esami sono vicini, it's almost exam time (o the exams are almost on top of us) // state vicini, altrimenti vi perdete, keep close together, or you'll lose one another // siamo molto vicini di età, there isn't much between us (o we're very close together in age)

2 ( limitrofo) neighbouring (attr.); ( adiacente) adjoining, adjacent; next: il villaggio vicino, the neighbouring village; abita nella casa vicina, he lives next door; la biblioteca è nella stanza vicina, the library is in the adjoining (o adjacent o next) room; i due appartamenti sono vicini ( tra loro), the two flats are adjoining (o adjacent) (o are next to each other) // il vicino Oriente, the Near East

3 (fig.) ( riferito a rapporti di parentela o amicizia) close: è un mio vicino parente, he is a close relative of mine // mi è stato vicino in quel momento difficile, he stood by me (o he was close to me) at that difficult time

4 (fig.) ( simile, affine) close: è un colore più vicino al rosso che al viola, it's (a colour) closer to red than purple; le nostre idee sono molto vicine alle vostre, our ideas are very close to yours

◆ s.m. neighbour: i nostri vicini di casa, our neighbours; essere vicini di casa, to be next-door neighbours; il mio vicino di tavolo, the person sitting next to me at table.

vicino avv. near (by), close, near by, close by: abitiamo vicino, we live near (o close) by; lavoro qui vicino, I work nearby (o near here); è successo lì vicino, it happened near (o close to) there; sta' vicino!, keep close!; venite più vicino, come closer; non ha indovinato, ma c'è andato vicino, he didn't guess right, but he was close // da vicino, (from) close up: vedi bene da vicino?, can you see well from close up?; fatti vedere da vicino, let me see you (from) close up; la foto è presa troppo da vicino, the photo was taken (from) too close up; guardare, esaminare qlco. da vicino, più da vicino, to look at, to examine sthg. from close up, from closer (o to give a close, closer look at sthg.); conoscere qlcu. da vicino, to know s.o. well.

* * *
[vi'tʃino] vicino (-a)
1. agg

1) (a poca distanza) near, nearby, (paese) neighbouring Brit, neighboring Am, nearby

vicino a — near, close to

un paese vicino — a nearby village

l'interruttore della luce è vicino alla porta — the light switch is near the door

la stazione è vicina — the station is near, the station is close (by)

dov'è il ristorante più vicino? — where is the nearest restaurant?

quei quadri sono troppo vicini — those pictures are too close (together o to each other)

mi sono stati molto vicini fig — they were very supportive towards me

2) (accanto) next

la mia stanza è vicina alla tua — my room is next to yours

3) (nel tempo) near, close at hand

la fine è vicina — the end is near o imminent

siamo vicini alla fine — we've almost o nearly finished

le vacanze sono vicine — the holidays are Brit o the vacation is Am approaching

è vicina ai trent'anni — she's almost thirty

2. avv

1) (a poca distanza) near, nearby, close (by), (nel tempo) near, close

vieni più vicino — come closer

abitiamo qui vicino — we live near here

stai vicino! — stay close to me!

2)

da vicino — close to, (esaminare, seguire) closely, (sparare) at close quarters

guardare qc da vicino — to take a close look at sth

guardalo da vicino! — take a close look at it!

da vicino è più bella — she's much prettier when you see her close up

fai la fotografia da vicino — take the photograph close up

3)

vicino a — close to, near (to), (accanto a) beside, next to

vivono vicino al mare — they live close to o near the sea

era seduto vicino a me — he was sitting near me, (accanto a) he was sitting next to o beside me

state vicino a vostro padre (anche) fig — stay close to your father

ci sono andato vicino — (fig : quasi indovinato) I almost got it

3. sm/f

neighbour Brit, neighbor Am

i nostri vicini di casa — our next-door neighbo(u)rs

il mio vicino di banco — the person at the desk next to mine, my neighbo(u)r

* * *
[vi'tʃino] 1.
aggettivo

1) (nello spazio) near mai attrib., close mai attrib., nearby attrib.; (confinante) neighbouring attrib. BE, neighboring attrib. AE

le scrivanie sono molto -e — the desks are close together

in una città -a — in a neighbouring town

dov'è l'ospedale più vicino? — where is the nearest hospital?

la nostra meta è -a — fig. our goal is in sight

2) (nel tempo) (imminente) [data, evento] close, near (at hand)

le vacanze sono -e — holidays are near at hand o are getting close

l'estate è ormai -a — summer is drawing near now

essere vicino alla pensione — to be approaching retirement

non si è ancora -i a una soluzione — there's no solution in sight

3) (simile) [idee, risultati, valori, significati] similar

4) (sul piano affettivo) [ persona] close (a to)
2.
sostantivo maschile (f. -a)

1) (di casa) neighbour BE, neighbor AE

il gatto, il giardino dei -i — next door's cat, garden

2) (che si trova accanto)

il mio vicino di tavolo — the man o person next to me at table
3.
avverbio

1) near, close

abitare vicino — to live close(ly)

vieni più vicino — come closer

qui vicino — near here

2) da vicino

seguire da vicino — to follow closely

esaminare qcs. da vicino — to have a close look at sth.

visto da vicino è brutto — seen at close quarters, he's ugly

3) vicino a near, close to

abito vicino a Torino — I live near Turin

sedere vicino al finestrino — to sit at o by the window

sedeva vicino a lui — she was sitting next to o beside him

una casa vicino al mare — a house by the sea

non ho vinto ma ci sono andato vicino — I didn't win but I came close

* * *

vicino

/vi't∫ino/

Per scegliere il corretto equivalente inglese dell'italiano vicino tra near, nearby, close, next to, beside, by, around, neighbouring, neighbour ecc., bisogna prima stabilire se vicino è usato come aggettivo, avverbio, nella locuzione prepositiva vicino a oppure come sostantivo, e se dal punto di vista semantico si riferisce allo spazio, al tempo o ad altro, e se è inteso in senso proprio o figurato. La struttura della voce qui sotto e gli esempi aiuteranno nella scelta. - Si noti in particolare l'uso di close e near: quando questi aggettivi si riferiscono a una vicinanza nello spazio compaiono solo nella locuzione preposizionale vicino a ( il mio ufficio è vicino alla chiesa = my office is close to / near the church) o in funzione predicativa ( il mio ufficio è molto vicino = my office is quite near / close), mentre in funzione attributiva davanti a un nome si deve usare nearby ( il vicino ristorante = the nearby restaurant) o la forma al superlativo the nearest ( il ristorante più vicino = the nearest restaurant).

I aggettivo

1 (nello spazio) near mai attrib., close mai attrib., nearby attrib.; (confinante) neighbouring attrib. BE, neighboring attrib. AE; le scrivanie sono molto -e the desks are close together; in una città -a in a neighbouring town; dov'è l'ospedale più vicino? where is the nearest hospital? la nostra meta è -a fig. our goal is in sight

2 (nel tempo) (imminente) [data, evento] close, near (at hand); le vacanze sono -e holidays are near at hand o are getting close; l'estate è ormai -a summer is drawing near now; essere vicino alla pensione to be approaching retirement; non si è ancora -i a una soluzione there's no solution in sight

3 (simile) [idee, risultati, valori, significati] similar

4 (sul piano affettivo) [ persona] close (a to)

II sostantivo maschile

(f. -a)

1 (di casa) neighbour BE, neighbor AE; il gatto, il giardino dei -i next door's cat, garden

2 (che si trova accanto) il mio vicino di tavolo the man o person next to me at table

III avverbio

1 near, close; abitare vicino to live close(ly); vieni più vicino come closer; qui vicino near here

2 da vicino seguire da vicino to follow closely; esaminare qcs. da vicino to have a close look at sth.; visto da vicino è brutto seen at close quarters, he's ugly

3 vicino a near, close to; abito vicino a Torino I live near Turin; sedere vicino al finestrino to sit at o by the window; sedeva vicino a lui she was sitting next to o beside him; una casa vicino al mare a house by the sea; non ho vinto ma ci sono andato vicino I didn't win but I came close.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > vicino
9 παρακαθίζω

παρακαθ-ίζω, [tense] pf.

A παρακεκαθικέναι Arr.Epict.2.6.23
:— set beside or near, Pl.R. 553d; τινὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ βάθρου D.C.73.3
; στρατιὰν π. περὶ τὴν πόλιν Palaeph. 40
: intr., = signf. 11, LXX Jb.2.13, D.S.23.9, Arr. l.c., Plu.Mar. 17.

2 [voice] Med. with [tense] aor. 1 παρεκαθισάμην, let another sit down beside one, π. παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας ἑαυτοῖς Lycurg.141
, cf. J.AJ19.4.5; also π. τινά make him assessor or co-arbiter, D.33.14.

II mostly [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., [tense] fut. - καθιζήσομαι Pl.Ly. 207b
: [tense] aor. 2 παρεκαθεζόμην Id.Euthd. 273b
, Ar.Pl. 727; part. παρακαθεζόμενος X.Cyr.5.5.7
, Mem.4.2.8, Pl.Chrm. 153c, Thphr.Char.3.2, Plu.Art.26; later - καθεσθείς Ev.Luc.10.39
, J.AJ6.11.9, Gal.14.637:—seat oneself, sit down beside or near another, ll. cc., Pl.Tht. 144d.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρακαθίζω
10 önd-vegi

and önd-ugi, n. [from and- ( opposite) and vegr]:—an ‘opposite-seat,’ high-seat, so called because two seats are placed opposite to one another; in ancient timbered halls the benches were placed longways, running along the walls of the halls (sec bekkr), with the two seats of honour in the middle facing one another; the northern bench facing the sun, was called öndvegi it æðra, the higher or first high-seat, the opposite or southern bench being it úæðra, the lower or second high-seat; the two high-seats were the most honoured places in the hall, and a chief guest used to be placed in the southern high-seat. In England the master and mistress sitting opposite one another at each end of the table may be a remnant of this old Scandinavian custom. The sides of the high-seat were ornamented with uprights (öndugis-súlur) carved with figures, such as a head of Thor or the like; these posts were regarded with religious reverence; many of the settlers of Iceland are said to have taken the high-seat posts with them, and when near Iceland to have thrown them over-board to drift ashore, and where they found them, there they took up their abode. When a man of rank died, the son, after all rites performed, solemnly seated himself in his father’s seat, as a token of succession: in Vd. ch. 23, the sons sat not in the father’s seat before they had avenged his death.

B. References in illustration of this: Þorgerðr sat á tali við Þorstein bróður sinn í öndvegi, Ísl. ii. 200; var þeim Illuga ok sonum hans skipat í öndvegi, en þeim brúðguma á annat öndvegi gegnt Illuga, konur sátu a palli, 250; Guðmundr sat í öndvegi, en Þórir Helgason gagnvart honum, en konur sátu á palli, brúðr sat á miðjan pall, etc., Lv. 37; á hinn úæðra bekk gagnvert öndugi mínu (better, ‘útar frá öndnginu,’ v. l.), Nj. 129; þat var forn siðr í Noregi ok svá í Danmörk ok Svíþjóðu, at konungs hásæti var á miðjan langbekk í veizlustofum, sat þar dróttning til vinstri handar konungi, var þat kallat konungs öndvegi …, annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall, etc., Fms. vi. 439; af öllum hirðmönnum virði konungr mest skáld sín, þeir skipuðu annat öndvegi, Eg. 24; konungr tekr blíðliga við Hjálmari, ok skipar í öndvegi gegnt sér, Fms. iii. 79; þér mun skipat á inn óæðra bekk gegnt öndugi Rúts, Nj. 32; reis hann þá upp or rekkju ok settisk í öndvegi, Eg. 644; eta at ölkrásim ok í öndugi at senda, Akv. 36; nú skal presti bjóða ok konu hans til erfis, sitja skal hann í andvegi ok kona hans í hjá honum, N. G. L. i. 404; hann gékk í höllina ok sá þar sitja í öndugi Baldr bróður sinn, Edda 38; jarl gékk inn í stofuna, var þar fjölmenni mikit, þar sat í öndugi maðr gamall … jarl settisk öðrum-megin gagnvart Þorgný, Ó. H. 66; hann sá mann mikinn ok vegligan í öndvegi, Glúm. 336; ef maðr verðr dauðr, þá skal arfi í öndvegi setjask, Js. 75; heim skal búanda stemna ok til húss fara … stemni hann honum inn til andvegis, N. G. L. i. 217, 219: the saying, eigi verðr öllum í öndvegi skipað, it is not for all to sit on the high-seat, cp. Horace’s non cuivis homini contingit adire Corinthum.

COMPDS: öndugishöldr, öndvegissúla, öndvegissæti.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > önd-vegi
11 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
12 FRAM

forward

* * *

adv.

1) forward; hann féll f. á. fœtr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet; f. rétt, straight on; koma f., to reappear;

2) out of the house; opp. to inn, innarr( var hon ávalt borin f. ok innarr);

3) on the fore part, in front, opp. to aptr( maðr f., en dýr aptr); aptr ok f., fore and aft, of a ship;

4) joined with preps. and particles, bíða f. á dag, f. á nótt, to wait far into the day, or night; bíða f. um jól, to wait till after Yule; fyrir lög f., in spite of the law; f. undan eyjunni; off the island;

5) of time, hversu er f. orðit, how late is it, what time is it? f. orðit dags, late in the day.

* * *

adv.—the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting the going to a place (ad locum); frammi, the being in a place (in loco); framan, the going from a place (a loco)—compar. framarr (mod. framar) or fremr, = Goth. framis; superl. framast (framarst) or fremst: proncd. with a double m = framm; and that such was the case in olden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skálda 168, 171. This adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost in Germ. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses fram as a prep. in the sense of ἀπό, like the A. S. and Engl. from, Swed. från: only in two passages Ulf. uses fram as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where he renders ‘the night is far spent’ (nóttin er um liðin of the Icel. N. T.) by framis galeiþan, which recalls to mind the Icel. fram-liðinn = deceased, past; and Mark i. 19, where προβαίνειν is rendered by gaggan framis = Icel. ganga framarr or ganga fram; cp. also the Goth. compds fram-gahts = progress, Philipp. i. 25; fram-aldrs = stricken in years; fram-vigis = Icel. fram-vegis; fram-vairþis = further: in O. H. G. vram = ultra still occurs, but is now lost in Germ. as well as in Engl.: the Icel., on the other hand, makes a clear distinction between the prep. frá ( from) and fram, on, forward, = Gr. πρόσω, Lat. porro, pro-; in some compds the sense from appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger,—Ulf. framaþeis, prop. one who is far off or from far off; so also fram-liðinn, gone, past; ganga fram, to die.

A. fram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward); aðra leið aptr en fram, 655 xxxii. 18; hann féll fram á fætr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet, Eg. 92; stefna fram ( to go on) hina neðri leið, 582; brautin liggr þar fram í milli, id.; cf þeir vilja fram, or, fram á leið, forward, Sks. 483; fram rétt, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v. l.; fram, fram! on, on! a war cry, Ó. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive, after being long unheard of; hann kom fram í Danmörku, Fms. i. 62; hann kom fram í kaupstað þeim er …, Ísl. ii. 332; ok kómu þar fram, er Kirjálar vóru á fjalli, Eg. 58: the phrase, fram í ættir, in a far or distant degree (of relationship), 343: people in Icel. in the 14th century used to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii. 15, 16.

II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or towards the open, opp. to inn, innar; thus fram denotes the outer point of a ness, fram á nes; Icel. also say, fram á sjó, towards the high sea, (but upp or inn at landi, landwards); also, towards the verge of a cliff or the like, fram á hamarinn (bergit), Eg. 583: when used of a house fram means towards the door, thus, fara fram í dyr (eldhús), but inn or innar í baðstofu (hence fram-bær), var hón ávalt borin fram ok innar, she was borne in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343: of a bed or chair fram denotes the outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hón til þils, en bóndi fram, she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it, Vígl. 31.

β. again, Icel. say, fram á dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn, down dale.

III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr, hinder part (cp. fram-fætr); aptr krókr en fram sem sporðr, Fms. ii. 179; maðr fram en dýr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179; aptr ok fram, fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310.

IV. joined with prepp. or particles, Lat. usque; bíða fram á dag, fram á nótt, fram í myrkr, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145; bíða fram yfir, er fram um Jól, etc., to bide till after Yule; um fram, past over; sitja um þat fram er markaðrinn stóð, to stay till the fair is past, Fb. i. 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff, Eg. 582; ríða um fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hjá, cp. Germ. vorbei:—metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram aðra menn, Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim; um alla hluti fram, above all things: yfir alla hluti fram, id., Stj. 7: besides, Sks. 41 new Ed.: fyrir lög fram, in spite of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rétt fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof fram, without leave, Grág. i. 326; fyrir þat fram, but for that, ii. 99: the phrase, fyrir alla hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19.

β. temp., fyrir fram means beforehand, Germ. voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to know, tell beforehand, Germ. voraus-sagen.

γ. fram undan, projecting, stretching forward; fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305.

δ. the phrase, fram, or more usually fram-orðit, of time, hvað er fram-orðit, how late is it? i. e. what is the time? Ld. 224; þá var fram-orðit, it was late in the day, Clem. 51; þá er fram var orðit, 623. 30: dropping ‘orðit,’ þeir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram orðit), they did not know the time of day, K. Þ. K. 90: with gen., fram-orðit dags, late in the day, Fms. xi. 10, Ld. 174; áfram, on forward, q. v.

V. with verbs,

α. denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, sækja, falla, fljóta, renna, líða, fara … fram, to go, come, flow, fare … forward, Eg. 136, Fms. ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim: of time, líða fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-liðinn).

β. rétta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3; flytja, bera, draga, leiða, færa, selja, setja fram, to bring … forward, Sks. 567; leggja fram, to ‘lay forth,’ discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3, 11; bjóða fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, lúta fram, etc.

γ. sjá, horfa, stökkva … fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr fyrir sik, Nj. 29:—impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress; skara fram úr, to stand out.

B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skálda 169,) denotes in or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the same way as uppi from upp, niðri from niðr; Icel. thus say, ganga fram, niðr, upp, to go on, go down, go up; but vera frammi, niðri, uppi, to be in, etc.; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi á dal, or framm’ á dal, Hrafn. 6; sitja framm’ fyrir hásæti (= frammi fyrir), Ó. H. 5; just as one may say, vera niðr’ á (qs. niðri á) engjum, upp’ á (= uppi á) fjalli: as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place; Icel. thus say, frammi á dal in a dale, frammi í dyrum in-doors, frammi á fjalli on a fell, frammi á gólfi on the floor, frammi á sjó, etc.; þeir Leitr sitja frammi í húsum, Fær. 181, cp. also Hrafn. 1; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir e-m, to sit ( stand) before one’s face, Hkr. ii. 81.

II. metaph. the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161: to use, shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like; hafa þeir f. mikil-mæli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191: the particle í is freq. prefixed, hafa í frammi, (not á frammi as áfram, q. v.); svá fremi skaltú rógit í frammi hafa, Nj. 166; þarftú þá fleira í frammi at hafa en stóryrði ein ok dramblæti, Fas. i. 37; hafðú í frammi kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215: to exercise, Bs. i. 852; hafa f. ípróttir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); láta, leggja f., to contribute, produce, Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 211.

C. framan, from the front side; framan at borðinu, to the front of the table, Fb. ii. 302; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan að, from behind); skaltú róa at framan borðum skútunnar, thou shall row towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Háv. 46; taka framan af e-u, to take ( cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474; framan á skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 179; framan um stafninn, vi. 78.

β. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, váti, the beginning, first part of summer …; also simply framan af, in the beginning.

γ. of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272; réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framan-vert, a straight nose and prominent at the tip, Nj. 29; framan á brjóstið, on the breast; framan í andlitið, in the face; framan á knén, í stálhúfuna framan, Fms. viii. 337; framan á þjóhnappana, Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan á).

δ. with the prep. í preceding; í framan, adv. in the face; rjóðr í framan, red in the face; fölr í framan, pale-faced, etc., freq. in mod. use.

2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with acc. (opp. to fyrir aptan, behind); fyrir framan slána, Nj. 45; fyrir framan hendr honum, 60; fyrir framan hamarinn, Eg. 583; fyrir framan merki, Fms. i. 27, ii. 84: as adv., menn stóðu með vápnum fyrir framan þar sem Flosi sat, before F. ‘s seat, Nj. 220; þá var skotið aptr lokhvílunni ok sett á hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84: að framan, above.

3. as framan is prop. an adv. from the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan af nesi, framan ór dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram above.

4. ‘framan til’ in a temp. sense, up to, until; nú líðr til þings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12; líðr nú til þings framan, Ld. 88; leið nú framan til Jóla, Ísl. ii. 42; framan til Páska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnátta, D. N.; framan til þess er hann átti við Glám, Grett. 155; framan til Leiðar, Anal. 172; frá upphafi heims framan, from the beginning of the world, Ver. 1; in mod. usage simply fram in all such instances.

D. Compar. framarr, farther on; superl. framast, fremst, farthest on:

1. loc., feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59; þar er þeir koma framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grág. i. 111; þar sem hann kömr framast, 497; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416; svá kómu þeir fremst at þeir unnu þá borg, i. 114; þeir eru mest til þess nefndir at framast ( foremost) hafi verit, Ísl. ii. 368; þeir er fremst vóru, Fms. v. 78.

2. temp. farthest back; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. 1; hvat þú fyrst um mant eða fremst um veizt, Vþm. 34; frá því ek má fremst muna, Dipl. v. 25.

II. metaph. farther, more, superl. farthest, most; erat hann framarr skyldr sakráða við menn, Grág. i. 11; nema vér reynim oss framarr, Fær. 75; meta, hvárra þörf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5.

β. with dat., venju framarr, more than usual; því framarr sem, all the more, Fms. i. 184.

γ. with ‘en’ following; framar en, farther than, more than; mun hér því ( therefore) framarr leitað en hvarvetna annars-staðar, Fms. i. 213; at ganga framarr á hendr Þorleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hversu Þorólfr var framarr en ek, Eg. 112; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sókn framarr ( rather) en vörn, 236; framarr en ( farther than) nú er skilt, Js. 48; því at hann væri framarr en aðrir menn at sér, better than other men, Mar. 25.

2. superl., svá sem sá er framast ( foremost) elskaði, Fs. 80; svá sem framast má, 655 xi. 2; sem Guð lér honum framast vit til, Js. 5: with gen., konungr virði hann framast allra sona sinna, Fms. i. 6; at Haraldr væri framast þeirra bræðra, 59; framast þeirra at allri sæmd, viii. 272.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FRAM
13 naast

naast¹

I 〈 bijvoeglijk naamwoord〉

1 [dichtstbij zijnde] near(est) ⇒ closest, immediate 〈 omgeving, tijd〉, next-door 〈 buren〉

2 [het meest vertrouwd] closest

3 [het meest verwant] nearest ⇒ closest

♦voorbeelden:

2   de directeur en zijn naaste medewerkers • the director and his closest colleagues

3   de naaste bloedverwanten • the next of kin

¶   ten naaste bij • approximately, about

II 〈 bijwoord〉

1 [het dichtstbij] nearest ⇒ closest

2 [niet het bedoelde punt treffend] out ⇒ off (target)

♦voorbeelden:

1   dat ligt mij het naast aan het hart • that is closest to my heart

2   hij schoot naast • he shot wide

————————

naast²

〈 voorzetsel〉

1 [terzijde van] next to ⇒ beside, 〈 buren〉 next door to, 〈 niet het bedoelde punt treffend〉 wide of

2 [op één lijn met] alongside ⇒ next to

3 [onmiddellijk volgend op] after ⇒ next to

4 [behalve] as well as ⇒ in addition to

♦voorbeelden:

1   naast mijn huis is een tuin • there is a garden next to/beside my house

     naast iemand gaan zitten • sit down next to/beside someone

     in de kamer naast ons • in the room next door (to us)

2   naast elkaar • side by side, next to one another

     〈 figuurlijk〉 cijfers naast elkaar leggen • set figures side by side

3   naast een gerust gemoed is gezondheid de grootste schat • health is the greatest gift after/next to peace of mind

4   naast een drietal romans heeft hij ook poëzie geschreven • in addition to/as well as/besides three novels he has also written poetry

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > naast
14 passer

passer [pαse]

━━━━━━━━━

1. intransitive verb

2. transitive verb

3. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 1

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► passer is conjugated with être unless it has an object, when the auxiliary is avoir.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque passer fait partie d'une locution comme passer sous le nez de qn, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (d'un endroit à un autre) to go

• l'autobus vient de passer the bus has just gone past

• passer en courant to run past

• faire passer les piétons to let the pedestrians cross

• la balle n'est pas passée loin the bullet didn't miss by much

• où passe la route ? where does the road go?

► passer à ( = passer par, aller à)

la Seine passe à Paris the Seine flows through Paris

• si nous passions au salon ? shall we go into the sitting room?

• passer à table to sit down to eat

• passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy

• passer d'un extrême à l'autre to go from one extreme to the other► passer après

• le confort, ça passe après comfort is less important► passer avant

• le travail passe avant tout work comes first► passer dans

• les camions ne passent pas dans notre rue lorries don't go along our street

• passer dans les mœurs to become the custom

• passer dans la langue to enter the language

• l'alcool passe dans le sang alcohol enters the bloodstream► passer derrière to go behind

► passer devant to go in front of

• passer devant la maison de qn to go past sb's house

• je passe devant vous pour vous montrer le chemin I'll go in front to show you the way

• passez donc devant ! you go first!

• passer devant Monsieur le maire to get married

• il est passé devant le conseil de discipline he came up before the disciplinary committee► passer par to go through

• pour y aller, je passe par Amiens I go there via Amiens

• par où êtes-vous passé ? (pour venir ici) which way did you come? ; (pour aller ailleurs) which way did you go?

• pour téléphoner, il faut passer par le standard you have to go through the switchboard to make a call

• il est passé par des moments difficiles he's been through some hard times

• passer par un lycée technique to go through technical college

• nous sommes tous passés par là we've all been through that

• il faudra bien en passer par là there's no way round it

• une idée m'est passée par la tête an idea occurred to me

• ça fait du bien par où ça passe ! (inf) that's just what the doctor ordered! (inf)► passer sous to go under

• il est passé sous l'autobus he was run over by the bus

• l'air passe sous la porte there's a draught from under the door► passer sur to go over ; ( = ignorer) to ignore

• passons sur les détails let's not worry about the details

• et je passe sur la saleté du lieu ! not to mention how dirty the place was!► laisser passer [+ air, lumière] to let in ; [+ personne, procession] to let through ; [+ erreur, occasion] to miss

• nous ne pouvons pas laisser passer ça we cannot let this pass

   b. ( = faire une halte rapide) passer au bureau to call in at the office

• passer chez un ami to call in at a friend's

• je ne fais que passer (chez qn) I can't stay long ; (dans une ville) I'm just passing through

• le facteur est passé the postman has been

► passer + infinitif

• passer prendre qn to call for sb

• passer chercher qn to call for sb

• passer voir qn to call on sb

• puis-je passer te voir en vitesse ? can I pop round?► en passant ( = sur le chemin) on the way ; ( = dans la conversation) in passing

• j'irai le voir en passant I'll call in and see him on the way

• il l'a dit en passant he mentioned it in passing

• il aime tous les sports, du football à la boxe en passant par le golf he likes all sports, from football to golf to boxing

   c. (Automobiles) les vitesses passent mal the gears are stiff

• passer en première to go into first

• passer en marche arrière to go into reverse

   d. ( = franchir un obstacle) [véhicule] to get through ; [cheval, sauteur] to get over

• ça passe ? (en manœuvrant) have I got enough room?

   e. ( = s'écouler) [temps] to go by

• comme le temps passe ! how time flies!

   f. ( = être digéré) to go down

• ça ne passe pas [repas] I've got indigestion

   g. ( = être accepté) [demande, proposition] to be accepted

• je ne pense pas que ce projet de loi passera I don't think this bill will be passed

• il est passé de justesse à l'examen he only just passed the exam

• il est passé dans la classe supérieure he's moved up to the next class (Brit) he's been promoted to the next grade (US)

• l'équipe est passée en 2^e division the team have moved up to the second division

• ça passe ou ça casse it's make or break time

   h. ( = devenir) to become

• passer directeur to become director

   i. ( = être montré) [film, émission, personne] to be on

• passer à la radio to be on the radio

• passer à la télévision to be on television

   j. ( = disparaître) [douleur] to pass ; [orage] to blow over ; [beauté, couleur] to fade ; [colère] to subside ; [mode] to die out

• faire passer à qn l'envie de faire qch to cure sb of doing sth

• cela fera passer votre rhume that will help get rid of your cold

• le plus dur est passé the worst is over

• il voulait être pompier mais ça lui est passé he wanted to be a fireman but he grew out of it

   k. (Cards) to pass

   l. (locutions) qu'il soit menteur, passe encore,... he may be a liar, that's one thing,...

► passer pour

• il pourrait passer pour un Allemand you could take him for a German

• il passe pour intelligent he's supposed to be intelligent

• se faire passer pour to pass o.s. off as

• tu veux me faire passer pour un idiot ! do you want to make me look stupid?► y passer (inf)

on a eu la grippe, tout le monde y est passé we've all had flu

• toute sa fortune y est passée he spent all his fortune on it

• si elle veut une promotion, il faudra bien qu'elle y passe (sexuellement) if she wants to be promoted, she'll have to sleep with the boss► passons let's say no more about it

2. <

   a. ( = franchir) [+ frontière] to cross ; [+ porte] to go through

• passer la douane to go through customs

• passer une rivière à la nage to swim across a river

   b. ( = donner, transmettre) to give ; [+ consigne, message] to pass on

• passer qch à qn to give sth to sb

• passe-moi une cigarette give me a cigarette

• passer le ballon à qn to pass the ball to sb

• tu fais passer pass it round

• il m'a passé un livre he's lent me a book

• je vous passe M. Duroy [standard] I'm putting you through to Mr Duroy ; ( = je lui passe l'appareil) here's Mr Duroy

• passer qch en fraude to smuggle sth

• passer sa mauvaise humeur sur qn to take one's bad temper out on sb

   c. ( = mettre) [+ vêtement] to put on

• passer la tête à la porte to poke one's head round the door

   d. ( = dépasser) [+ gare, maison] to pass

• tu as passé l'âge you're too old

• il ne passera pas la nuit he won't last the night

   e. ( = omettre) [+ mot, ligne] to leave out

• passer son tour to miss one's turn

• et j'en passe ! and that's not all!

   f. ( = permettre) passer un caprice à qn to humour sb

• on lui passe tout [+ bêtises] he gets away with anything ; [+ désirs] he gets everything he wants

• passez-moi l'expression if you'll pardon the expression

   g. [+ examen] to take

• passer son permis (de conduire) to take one's driving test

• passer une visite médicale to have a medical

   h. [+ temps, vacances] to spend

• passer sa vie à faire to spend one's life doing

• j'ai passé la soirée chez Luc I spent the evening at Luc's

• ça fait passer le temps it passes the time

   i. [+ film, diapositives] to show ; [+ disque] to play

   j. [+ commande] to place

• passer un accord avec qn to reach an agreement with sb

• passer un marché avec qn to do a deal with sb

   k. (à la passoire) to sieve ; (au mixer) to blend

   l. (locutions) passer la serpillière dans la cuisine to wash the kitchen floor

• passer le balai dans une pièce to sweep a room

• passer l'aspirateur dans une pièce to vacuum a room

• passer une couche de peinture sur qch to give sth a coat of paint

• passe-toi de l'eau sur le visage splash your face with water

• qu'est-ce qu'il lui a passé comme savon ! (inf) he gave him a really rough time! (inf)

3. <

► se passer

   a. ( = avoir lieu) to happen

• qu'est-ce qui s'est passé ? what happened?

• que se passe-t-il ? what's going on?

• tout s'est bien passé everything went off smoothly

• ça s'est mal passé it turned out badly

• ça ne se passera pas comme ça ! I won't stand for that!

   b. ( = se mettre à soi-même) elle s'est passé de la crème solaire sur les épaules she put some sun cream on her shoulders

• se passer les mains sous l'eau to rinse one's hands

   c. (se transmettre) [+ ballon] to pass to each other ; [+ notes de cours, livre, plat] to pass around

   d. ( = finir) il faut attendre que ça se passe you'll have to wait till it's over

   e. ► se passer de [+ chose] to do without ; [+ personne] to manage without

• je peux me passer de ta présence I can manage without you around

• on peut se passer d'aller au théâtre we can do without going to the theatre

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

+1! La traduction la plus courante de passer n'est pas to pass ; passer un examen se traduit par to take an exam.

* * *
pɑse
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, frontière]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [obstacle]

ils ont fait passer la rivière au troupeau — they took the herd across the river

il m'a fait passer la frontière — he got me across the border

2) ( faire franchir)

passer quelque chose à la douane — to get something through customs

3) ( dépasser) to go past, to pass

quand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite — turn right after the lights

j'ai passé l'âge — I'm too old

le malade ne passera pas la nuit — the patient won't last the night

4) ( mettre)

passer le doigt sur la table — to run one's finger over the table-top

passer la tête à la fenêtre — to stick one's head out of the window

elle m' a passé le bras autour des épaules — she put her arm around my shoulders

5) ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [something] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter) (colloq) to lend ( à quelqu'un to somebody); ( donner) (colloq) to give ( à quelqu'un to somebody)

fais passer la nouvelle à tes amis — pass the news on to your friends

passer sa colère sur ses collègues — to take one's anger out on one's colleagues

6) ( au téléphone)

tu peux me passer Chris? — can you put Chris on?

attends, je te la passe — hold on, here she is, I'll put her on

je vous le passe — ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through

pourriez-vous me passer le poste 4834? — could you put me through to extension 4834 please?

7) ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]

faire passer un test à quelqu'un — to give somebody a test

c'est moi qui fais passer l'oral de français aux nouveaux — I'm taking the new pupils for the French oral

8) ( réussir) to pass [examen, test]

9) ( dans le temps) to spend [temps] ( à faire doing)

nous avons passé de bons moments ensemble — we've had some good times together

dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit! — (colloq) hurry up, or we'll be here all night!

10) ( pardonner)

elle leur passe tout — she lets them get away with murder

il passe tous ses caprices à sa fille — he indulges his daughter's every whim

passez-moi l'expression — if you'll pardon the expression

11) ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]

je vous passe les détails — I'll spare you the details

j'en passe et des meilleures — (colloq) ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on

12) ( utiliser)

passer un chiffon sur les meubles — to go over the furniture with a cloth

passer un coup de fer sur une chemise — to give a shirt a quick iron

passer l'aspirateur dans le salon — to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge

13) ( étendre)

passer un peu de baume sur une brûlure — to dab some ointment on a burn

passer une couche de peinture sur quelque chose — to give something a coat of paint

14) ( soumettre)

passer quelque chose à la flamme — to hold something over a flame

qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé! — (colloq) she really went for us! (colloq)

15) ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus, sauce]; to purée [légumes]

16) ( enfiler) to slip [something] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]

ils ont essayé de me passer la camisole — they tried to put me in a straitjacket

17) ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce]

18) ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]

passer un marché — (colloq) to make a deal

19) Automobile ( enclencher)

passer la troisième/la marche arrière — to go into third gear/into reverse

20) Jeux

passer son tour — to pass

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to pass

passer entre — to pass between

nous sommes passés près du lac — we went past the lake

passer sur un pont — to go over a bridge

l'autobus vient juste de passer — the bus has just gone

le facteur n'est pas encore passé — the postman hasn't come ou been yet

je suis passé à côté du monument — I passed the monument

nous sommes passés près de chez toi — we were near your house

passer à pied/à bicyclette — to walk/to cycle past

un avion est passé — a plane flew overhead

il est passé en courant — he ran past

le ballon est passé tout près des buts — the ball narrowly missed the goal

2) (se trouver, s'étendre)

la route passe à côté du lac — the road runs alongside the lake

ils ont fait passer la route devant chez nous — they built the road in front of our house

ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles — line that goes through the centres [BrE] of two circles

en faisant passer une ligne par ces deux villes — drawing a line through these two towns

3) ( faire un saut)

je ne fais que passer — I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute

quand je suis passé au marché — when I went down to the market

il est passé déposer un dossier — he came to drop off a file

passer dans la matinée — to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning

passe nous voir plus souvent! — come and see us more often!

passer prendre quelqu'un/qch — to pick somebody/sth up

4) ( se rendre) to go

les contrebandiers sont passés en Espagne — the smugglers have crossed into Spain

passez derrière moi — follow me

il est passé devant moi — ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me

passer devant une commission — to come before a committee

5) ( aller au-delà) to get through

il est passé au rouge — he went through the red lights

il n'a pas attendu le feu vert pour passer — he didn't wait for the lights to turn green

il m'a fait signe de passer — he waved me on

vas-y, ça passe! — go on, there's plenty of room!

laisser passer une ambulance — to let an ambulance through

le volet laisse passer un peu de lumière — the shutter lets in a chink of light

la cloison laisse passer le bruit — the partition doesn't keep the noise out

passer par-dessus bord — to fall overboard

il est passé par la fenêtre — ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window

il est passé sous un train — he was run over by a train

passer derrière la maison — to get round GB ou around US the back of the house

6) ( transiter)

passer par — [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through

nous sommes passés par Édimbourg — we went via Edinburgh

passer par quelqu'un pour faire quelque chose — to go through somebody to do

passer par de rudes épreuves — to go through the mill

passer par une rue — to go along a street

passer au bord de la faillite — to come very close to bankruptcy

la formation par laquelle il est passé — the training (that) he had

il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête — he always says the first thing that comes into his head

je ne sais jamais ce qui te passe par la tête — I never know what's going on in your head

une idée m'est passée par la tête — an idea occurred to me

qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? — what was he/she thinking of?

un sourire passa sur ses lèvres — he/she smiled briefly

des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe — from reptiles to man, including apes

7) (colloq) ( avoir son tour)

il accuse le patron, ses collègues, bref, tout le monde y passe — he's accusing the boss, his colleagues - in other words, everyone in sight

que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer — whether you like it or not, there's no alternative

on ne peut pas faire autrement que d'en passer par là — there is no other way around it

je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là — I know all about that, I've been there (colloq)

8) ( négliger)

je préfère passer sur ce point — I'd rather not dwell on that point

il est passé sur les détails — he didn't go into the details

si l'on passe sur les frais de déplacement — if we ignore the travel expenses

passons! — ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!

passer à côté d'une question — ( involontairement) to miss the point

laisser passer quelque chose — ( délibérément) to overlook something

laisser passer une occasion — to miss an opportunity

laisser passer plusieurs fautes — ( par inadvertance) to let several mistakes slip through

9) ( ne pas approfondir)

notons en passant que — we should note in passing that

soit dit en passer — incidentally

10) (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well ( auprès de with); [loi, candidat] to get through; [attitude, pensée] to be accepted

ce doit être le concombre qui passe mal — it must be the cucumber

prends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! — have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion

vos critiques sont mal passées — your criticism went down badly

ils n'ont jamais pu faire passer leurs idées — they never managed to get their ideas accepted

que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! — criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander

avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas — flattery won't work with him

passer au premier tour — Politique to be elected in the first round

passer dans la classe supérieure — to move up to the next year ou grade US

(ça) passe pour cette fois — (colloq) I'll let it go this time

11) ( se déplacer)

passer de France en Espagne — to leave France and enter Spain

passer de la salle à manger au salon — to move from the dining room to the lounge

passer à l'ennemi — to go over to the enemy

passer sous contrôle de l'ONU — to be taken over by the UN

passer sous contrôle ennemi — to fall into enemy hands

passer de main en main — to be passed around

passer constamment d'un sujet à l'autre — to flit from one subject to another

passer de la théorie à la pratique — to put theory into practice

leur nombre pourrait passer à 700 — their number could reach 700

passer à un taux supérieur — to go up to a higher rate

faire passer quelque chose de 200 à 300 — to increase something from 200 to 300

12) ( être pris)

passer pour un imbécile — to look a fool

il passe pour l'inventeur de l'ordinateur — he's supposed to have invented computers

il pourrait passer pour un Américain — he could be taken for an American

il veut passer pour un grand homme — he wants to be seen as a great man

faire passer quelqu'un/qch pour exceptionnel — to make somebody/sth out to be exceptional

se faire passer pour malade — to pretend to be ill

se faire passer pour mort — to fake one's own death

il se fait passer pour mon frère — he passes himself off as my brother

13) ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to pass

quand l'orage sera or aura passé — lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down

ça passera — ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it

la première réaction passée — once we/they calmed down

nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée — we had to wait for his/her anger to subside

passer de mode — to go out of fashion

cette mode est vite passée — that fashion was short-lived

faire passer à quelqu'un l'envie de faire — to cure somebody of the desire to do

je vais leur faire passer l'envie de tirer sur ma sonnette! — I'll teach them to ring my bell!

ce médicament fait passer les maux d'estomac — this medicine relieves stomach ache

cette mauvaise habitude te passera — it's a bad habit you'll grow out of

14) (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing

15) ( être placé)

passer avant/après — ( en importance) to come before/after

la santé passe avant tout — health comes first

il fait passer sa famille avant ses amis — he puts his family before his friends

16) (colloq) ( disparaître)

où étais-tu (encore) passé? — where (on earth) did you get to?

où est passé mon livre? — where has my book got to?

17) ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by

deux ans ont passé — two years have passed

je ne vois pas le temps passer — I don't know where the time goes

le week-end a passé trop vite — the weekend went too quickly

18) ( se mettre à) to turn to

passons aux choses sérieuses — let's turn to serious matters

passer à l'étape suivante — to move on to the next stage

passons à autre chose — let's change the subject

nous allons passer au vote — let's vote now

passer à l'offensive — to take the offensive

19) ( être transmis)

passer de père en fils — to be handed down from father to son

l'expression est passée dans la langue — the expression has become part of the language

ça finira par passer dans les mœurs — it'll eventually become common practice

il a fait passer son émotion dans la salle — he transmitted his emotion to the audience

20) ( être promu) to be promoted to

être passé maître dans l'art de faire — to be a past master at doing

elle est passée maître dans l'art de mentir — she's an accomplished liar

21) ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into

22) (colloq) ( mourir)

y passer — to die

si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer — if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself

on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux — we've all got to go sometime, the later the better

23) ( se décolorer) [teinte, tissu] to fade

passer au soleil — to fade in the sun

24) ( filtrer) [café] to filter

faire passer la soupe — to put the soup through a sieve

25) ( changer de vitesse)

passer en troisième/marche arrière — to go into third/reverse

la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer — third gear is a bit stiff

26) Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass

3.

se passer verbe pronominal

1) ( se produire) to happen

tout se passe comme si l'euro avait été dévalué — it's as if the euro had been devalued

2) ( être situé) to take place

la scène se passe au Viêt Nam — the scene is set in Vietnam

3) ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go

tout s'est passé très vite — it all happened very fast

ça va mal se passer pour toi — you're going to be in trouble

ça ne se passera pas comme ça! — I won't leave it at that!

4) ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass

deux ans se sont passés depuis — that was two years ago

attendons que ça se passe — let's wait till it's over

nos soirées se passaient à regarder la télévision — we spent the evenings watching television

5) ( se dispenser)

se passer de — [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]

se passer de commentaires — to speak for itself

ne pas pouvoir se passer de faire — not to be able to help doing

6) ( se mettre)

se passer la langue sur les lèvres — to run one's tongue over one's lips

se passer la main sur le front — to put a hand to one's forehead

7) ( l'un à l'autre)

ils se sont passé des documents — they exchanged some documents

nous nous sommes passé le virus — we caught the virus from each other

* * *
pɒse
1. vi

1) (= aller) to go, to pass, to pass by, to go by

passer au salon — to go through to the sitting room

passer par — to go through

Ils sont passés par Paris. — They went through Paris.

passez devant! — go in front!

passez par ici! — go this way!

passer à table — to sit down to eat

2) (= faire une halte rapide) [facteur] to come, to call, (pour rendre visite) to call in, to drop in

Je passerai chez vous ce soir. — I'll call in this evening., I'll drop in this evening.

passer prendre qn — to come and collect sb

en passant — in passing

Je lui ai dit en passant que j'allais me marier. — I told him in passing that I was getting married.

3) CARTES to pass

4)

passe encore de le penser, mais de le dire! — it's one thing to think it, but to say it!

passons! — let's say no more about it!

passer sur qch [faute, détail inutile] — to pass over sth

5) (= s'écouler) [temps, jours] to go by, to pass

6) (= disparaître) [douleur] to pass, to go away, [mode] to die out, [couleur, papier] to fade

faire passer à qn le goût de qch [homme] — to cure sb of his taste for sth, [femme] to cure sb of her taste for sth

7) (= franchir un obstacle, traverser) [personne] to get through, [courant, air, lumière] to get through, [liquide, café] to go through

faire passer [message] — to get over, to get across

laisser passer [air, lumière, personne] — to let through, [occasion] to miss, [erreur] to overlook

Il m'a laissé passer. — He let me through.

8) (= être digéré, avalé) to go down

9) ÉDUCATION, [personne] to move up (to the next class)

10) (= être diffusé) [film, émission] to be on

passer à la télévision — to be on TV

"Titanic" passe à la télé ce soir. — "Titanic" is on TV tonight.

Mon père passe à la radio demain soir. — My father's on the radio tomorrow night.

11) (autres locutions)

passer à [ennemi, opposition] — to go over to

passer aux aveux — to confess, to make a confession

passer avant qch/qn fig — to come before sth/sb

passer dans les mœurs — to become the custom

passer dans l'usage — to become normal usage

passer en seconde AUTOMOBILES — to change into second

passer pour; Il passe pour riche. — He is thought to be rich.

il passait pour avoir — he was said to have

faire passer qn/qch pour — to make sb/sth out to be

2. vt

1) (= franchir) [frontière, rivière] to cross, [douane] to go through

Nous avons passé la frontière belge. — We crossed the Belgian border.

faire passer qch dans qch — to get sth into sth

faire passer qch par qch — to get sth through sth

2) (= transmettre, donner)

passer qch à qn — to pass sth to sb, to give sb sth

Passe-moi le sel, s'il te plaît. — Pass me the salt, please.

je vous passe M. Cousin (au téléphone) — I'm putting you through to Mr Cousin

passer qch en fraude (= faire entrer) — to smuggle sth in, (= faire sortir) to smuggle sth out

passer la parole à qn — to hand over to sb

3) [temps, journée] to spend

Elle a passé la journée à ne rien faire. — She spent the day doing nothing.

Ils passent toujours leurs vacances au Danemark. — They always spend their holidays in Denmark.

4) (= subir) [examen] to sit, to take, [visite médicale] to have

Gordon a passé ses examens la semaine dernière. — Gordon took his exams last week.

5) (= mettre) [vêtement] to slip on

passer la main par la portière — to stick one's hand out of the door

passer la seconde AUTOMOBILES — to change into second

6) (= faire passer) [thé, soupe] to strain

passer qch dans qch — to put sth into sth

passer qch par qch — to put sth through sth

passer l'aspirateur — to hoover

7) (= jouer) [film] to show, [disque, CD] to play, to put on

On passe "Le Kid" au cinéma cette semaine. — They're showing "The Kid" at the cinema this week.

8) (= conclure) [marché] to agree on, [accord] to reach

9) (= tolérer)

passer qch à qn — to let sb get away with sth

et j'en passe! — and that's not all!

10) (= devenir)

passer président — to become president

* * *

passer verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, pont, frontière, col]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [haie, obstacle]; ils ont fait passer la rivière au troupeau they took the herd across the river; il m'a fait passer la frontière he got me across the border;

2 ( faire franchir) passer qch à la douane to get sth through customs; passer qch en fraude or contrebande to smuggle sth; passer qn en fraude ( vers l'intérieur) to smuggle sb in; ( vers l'extérieur) to smuggle sb out; ⇒ gauche;

3 ( dépasser) to go past, to pass; quand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite turn right after the lights; passer la barre des dix euros to pass the ten-euro mark; on a passé l'heure it's too late; j'ai passé l'âge I'm too old; le malade ne passera pas la nuit the patient won't last the night;

4 ( mettre) passer le doigt sur la table to run one's finger over the table-top; passer la tête à la fenêtre to stick one's head out of the window; elle m'a passé le bras autour des épaules she put her arm around my shoulders; elle m'a passé la main dans les cheveux she ran her fingers through my hair;

5 ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [sth] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter)○ to lend (à qn to sb); ( donner)○ to give (à qn to sb); passer le ballon au gardien de but to pass the ball to the goalkeeper; passe-moi le sel pass me the salt; passe le vin à ton père pass your father the wine; faites passer le plat entre vous pass the dish around; fais passer la bonne nouvelle à tes amis pass the good news on to your friends; elle a attrapé la grippe et l'a passée à son mari she caught flu and gave it to her husband; il m'a passé son vélo○ ( prêté) he lent me his bike; ( donné) he gave me his bike; il m'a passé son rhume he's given me his cold;

6 ( au téléphone) tu peux me passer Chris? can you put Chris on?; attends, je te la passe hold on, here she is, I'll put her on; je vous le passe ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through; pourriez-vous me passer le poste 4834/le service de traduction? could you put me through to extension 4834/the translation department, please?; il est sorti, je vous passe sa secrétaire he's out, I'll put you through to his secretary;

7 ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]; passer son permis de conduire to take one's driving test; faire passer un test à qn to give sb a test; c'est moi qui fais passer l'oral de français aux nouveaux I'm taking the new pupils for the French oral;

8 ( réussir) to pass [examen, test];

9 ( dans le temps) to spend [temps, jour, vie, vacances] (à faire doing); passer une nuit à l'hôtel to spend a night at a hotel; nous avons passé de bons moments ensemble we've had some good times together; dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit○! hurry up, or we'll be here all night!; passer sa colère sur son chat/ses collègues to take one's anger out on the cat/one's colleagues;

10 ( pardonner) passer qch à qn to let sb get away with sth; il ne me passe rien he doesn't let me get away with anything; elle leur passe tout she lets them get away with murder; passez-lui ses écarts de langage excuse his/her strong language; il passe tous ses caprices à sa fille he indulges his daughter's every whim; passez-moi l'expression/le terme if you'll pardon the expression/the word;

11 ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]; je vous passe les détails I'll spare you the details; j'en passe et des meilleures ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on;

12 ( utiliser) passer un chiffon humide sur les meubles to go over the furniture with a damp cloth; passer un coup de fer sur une chemise to give a shirt a quick press; n'oublie pas de passer l'aspirateur dans le salon don't forget to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge;

13 ( étendre) en passant un peu de cire, les rayures disparaîtront if you go over it with a bit of wax, the scratches will disappear; passer un peu de baume sur une brûlure to dab some ointment on a burn; passer une couche de peinture sur qch to give sth a coat of paint;

14 ( soumettre) passez le plat au four put the dish in the oven; passer la pointe d'une aiguille à la flamme to hold the point of a needle over a flame; passer le plancher à la cire to put some wax on the floor; passer qch à l'eau ( pour rincer) to give sth a rinse; ( pour obtenir une réaction) to soak sth briefly in water; qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé○! she really went for us○!; ⇒ peigne;

15 ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus de fruit, sauce]; to purée [légumes]; passer des légumes au moulin à légumes to purée vegetables;

16 ( enfiler) to slip [sth] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]; ils ont essayé de me passer la camisole they tried to put me in a straitjacket;

17 ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce];

18 ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]; passer un marché○ to make a deal;

19 Compta ( entrer) to enter, to post spéc [somme, dépense];

20 Aut ( enclencher) to go into [vitesse]; passer la troisième/la marche arrière to go into third gear/into reverse;

21 Jeux ( renoncer à) passer son tour to pass.

B vi

1 ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to pass; passer entre to pass between; regarder passer les trains to watch the trains go past ou by; nous sommes passés devant le palais/près du lac we went past the palace/the lake; passer sous/sur un pont to go under/over a bridge; l'autobus vient juste de passer the bus has just gone; le facteur n'est pas encore passé the postman hasn't been yet; quand passe le prochain car pour Caen? when is the next coach GB ou bus for Caen?; je suis passé à côté de lui/du monument I passed him/the monument; nous sommes passés près de chez toi ce matin we were near your house this morning; passer à pied/à cheval/en voiture/à bicyclette to walk/ride/drive/cycle past; un avion est passé a plane flew past overhead; il est passé en courant/boitant he ran/limped past; j'ai renversé le vase en passant I knocked over the vase as I went by; en passant, achète du lait buy some milk while you're out; le ballon est passé tout près des buts the ball narrowly missed the goal;

2 (se trouver, s'étendre) la route passe à côté du lac the road runs alongside the lake; le ruisseau passe derrière la maison the stream runs behind the house; ils ont fait passer la route devant chez nous/près de l'église/derrière le village they built the road in front of our house/near the church/behind the village; ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles line that connects the centres^GB of two circles; en faisant passer une ligne par ces deux villes drawing a line through these two towns;

3 ( faire un saut) je ne fais que passer I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute; quand je suis passé au marché when I went down to the market; quand je suis passé à l'école when I dropped by the school; quand je suis passé chez lui when I called in to see him GB, when I dropped by his place; passer à la banque to call in at the bank GB, to drop by the bank; il est passé déposer un dossier he came to drop off a file; il est passé quelqu'un pour toi someone was looking for you; je passerai un de ces jours I'll drop by one of these days; passer dans la matinée [plombier, représentant] to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning; passe nous voir plus souvent! come and see us more often!; passer prendre qn/qch to pick sb/sth up; je passerai te prendre à six heures I'll pick you up at six; je passerai prendre le gâteau dans une heure I'll pick up the cake in an hour;

4 ( se rendre) to go; passez au guichet numéro 3 go to counter 3; passons au salon let's go into ou through to the lounge; les contrebandiers sont passés en Espagne the smugglers have crossed into Spain; passez derrière moi, je vous montrerai le chemin follow me, I'll show you the way; il est passé devant moi, il m'est passé devant○ ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me; passer à la visite médicale to go for a medical examination; passer devant une commission to come before a committee;

5 ( aller au-delà) to get through; tu ne passeras pas, c'est trop étroit you'll never get through, it's too narrow; on ne peut pas passer à cause de la neige we can't get through because of the snow; impossible de passer tant il y avait de monde you couldn't get through, there were so many people; il est passé au rouge he went through the red lights; il n'a pas attendu le feu vert pour passer he didn't wait for the lights to turn green; il m'a fait signe de passer he waved me on; il a fait passer la vieille dame devant lui he let the old lady go first; vas-y, ça passe! ( à un automobiliste) go on, there's plenty of room!; laisser passer qn to let sb through; laisser passer une ambulance to let an ambulance through; le volet laisse passer un peu de lumière the shutter lets in a chink of light; la cloison laisse passer le bruit the partition doesn't keep the noise out; passer par-dessus bord to fall overboard; il est passé par la fenêtre ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window; il est passé sous un train he was run over by a train; nous n'avons pas pu faire passer l'armoire par la porte we couldn't get the wardrobe through the door; à cause des travaux, on ne peut pas passer derrière la maison because of the road works, we can't get round GB ou around US the back of the house; ⇒ caravane, casser;

6 ( transiter) passer par [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through; nous sommes passés par Édimbourg we went via Edinburgh; ça ira plus vite en passant par la Belgique it'll be quicker to go via Belgium; la manifestation passera dans cette avenue the demonstration will come along this avenue; passer par qn pour faire qch to do sth through sb; passer par de rudes épreuves to go through the mill, to have a rough time; passer par l'opératrice to go through the operator; passer par une rue to go along a street; passer par l'escalier de service to use the service stairs; nous sommes passés par une agence matrimoniale we met through a marriage bureau; il est passé par tous les stades de la formation he went through the various different stages of training; passer au bord de la faillite to come very close to bankruptcy; il est passé par une très bonne école he went to a very good school; la formation par laquelle il est passé the training (that) he had; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he always says the first thing that comes into his head; je ne sais jamais ce qui te passe par la tête I never know what's going on in your head; une idée m'est passée par la tête an idea occurred to me; mais qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? what on earth was he/she thinking of?; ça fait du bien par où ça passe○! [aliment, boisson] I needed that!; un éclair de malice passa dans ses yeux his/her eyes gleamed with mischief, he/she had a mischievous glint in his/her eyes; un sourire passa sur ses lèvres he/she smiled for a second; en passant par including; des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe from reptiles to man, including apes; ⇒ maire;

7 ○( avoir son tour) il accuse le patron, ses collègues, le cuisinier, bref, tout le monde y passe he's accusing the boss, his colleagues, the cook-in other words, everyone in sight; le rock, le blues, la musique classique, tout y passe rock, blues, classical music, you name it; que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer whether you like it or not, there's no alternative; la nouvelle secrétaire va y passer aussi the new secretary will get it as well; on ne peut pas faire autrement que d'en passer par là there is no other way around it; je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là I know all about that, I've been there○;

8 ( négliger) passer sur to pass over [question, défaut, erreur]; je préfère passer sur ce point pour l'instant I'd rather not dwell on that point for the moment; il est or a passé sur les détails he didn't go into the details; si l'on passe sur les frais de déplacement if we ignore the travel expenses; passons (là-dessus)! ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!; ( pardon) let's say no more about it!; passer à côté d'une question ( volontairement) to sidestep a question; ( involontairement) to miss the point; laisser passer qch ( délibérément) to let sth pass, to overlook sth; ( par inadvertance) to let sth slip through, to overlook sth; laisser passer une occasion, passer à côté d'une occasion to miss an opportunity, to let an opportunity slip ou go by; laisser passer quelques erreurs par gentillesse to overlook a few errors out of soft-heartedness; on ne peut pas laisser passer une telle erreur we cannot let a mistake like that through; le réviseur a laissé passer plusieurs fautes the proofreader let several mistakes slip through; il leur laisse passer tous leurs caprices he indulges their every whim;

9 ( ne pas approfondir) en passant in passing; notons en passant que we should note in passing that; en passant, il a ajouté que in passing, he added that; soit dit en passer incidentally;

10 (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well (auprès de with); [loi, règlement, mesure] to get through; [attitude, pensée, doctrine] to be accepted; [candidat] to get through; je ne me sens pas bien, ce doit être le concombre qui passe mal I don't feel well, it must be the cucumber; prends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion; vos critiques sont mal passées/ne sont pas passées your criticism went down badly/didn't go down well; ils n'ont jamais pu faire passer leur réforme/leurs idées they never managed to get their reform through/their ideas accepted; que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander; avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas flattery won't work with him; passer au premier tour Pol to be elected in the first round; passer dans la classe supérieure to move up to the next year ou grade US; (ça) passe pour cette fois○ this time, I'll let it go;

11 ( se déplacer) passer de France en Espagne to leave France and enter Spain; passer de la salle à manger au salon to move from the dining room to the lounge; passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy; passer dans le camp adverse to go over to the other side; passer sous contrôle de l'ONU/de l'État to be taken over by the UN/the government; passer sous contrôle ennemi to fall into enemy hands; passer de main en main to be passed around; passer constamment d'un sujet à l'autre to flit from one subject to another; passer d'un amant à un autre to go from one lover to the next; passer de l'opulence à la misère to go from extreme wealth to extreme poverty; passer de la théorie à la pratique to put theory into practice; leur nombre pourrait passer à 700 their number could reach 700; passer à un taux supérieur/inférieur to go up to a higher rate/down to a lower rate; faire passer qch de 200 à 300 to increase sth from 200 to 300; faire passer qch de 300 à 200 to decrease sth from 300 to 200; expression passée en proverbe expression that has become a proverb;

12 ( être pris) passer pour un imbécile/pour être une belle ville to be generally thought of as stupid/as a beautiful town (auprès de by); passer pour un génie to pass as a genius; son excentricité passe pour de l'intelligence his/her eccentricity passes for intelligence; il passe pour l'inventeur de l'ordinateur he's supposed to have invented computers; passer pour quelqu'un d'autre to be taken for someone else; il pourrait passer pour un Américain he could be taken for an American; il veut passer pour un grand homme he wants to be seen as a great man; faire passer qn/qch pour exceptionnel/exemplaire to make sb/sth out to be exceptional/a model of perfection; se faire passer pour malade to pretend to be ill; se faire passer pour mort to fake one's own death; il se fait passer pour mon frère he passes himself off as my brother; se faisant passer pour un agent d'assurance by passing himself off as ou by impersonating an insurance salesman; il m'a fait passer pour un imbécile he made me look like a fool;

13 ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to pass; quand l'orage sera or aura passé lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down; ça passera ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it; la première réaction passée, il a été possible de faire once we/they calmed down it was possible to do; nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée we had to wait for his/her anger to subside; passer de mode [vêtement, style, chanson, expression] to go out of fashion; cette mode est vite passée or a vite passé that fashion was short-lived; faire passer à qn l'envie or le goût de faire to cure sb of the desire to do; les sales gosses, je vais leur faire passer l'envie or l'habitude de tirer sur ma sonnette! those damn kids, I'll teach them to ring my bell!; ce médicament fait passer les maux d'estomac this medicine relieves stomach ache; cette mauvaise habitude te passera it's a bad habit you'll grow out of; ça lui passera avant que ça me reprenne○ it won't last;

14 (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing; mon ami passe à la télévision ce soir my friend is on television tonight; les films portugais qui passent à la télévision/au Rex/à Paris the Portuguese films (that are) on television/on at the Rex/on in Paris;

15 ( être placé) passer avant/après ( en importance) to come before/after; la santé passe avant tout health comes first; il fait passer sa famille avant ses amis he puts his family before his friends;

16 ○( disparaître) où étais-tu (encore) passé? where (on earth) did you get to?; où est passé mon livre/le chat? where has my book/the cat got to?;

17 ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by; deux ans ont passé depuis l'événement two years have passed since it happened; le temps a passé, et les gens ont oublié time has passed and people have forgotten; je ne vois pas le temps passer I don't know where the time goes; le week-end a or est passé trop vite the weekend went too quickly;

18 ( se mettre à) to turn to; passons aux choses sérieuses let's turn to serious matters; nous pouvons passer à l'étape suivante we can move on to the next stage; passons à autre chose let's change the subject; nous allons passer au vote let's vote now; passer à l'offensive to take the offensive;

19 ( être transmis) passer de père en fils/de génération en génération/à ses héritiers to be handed down from father to son/from generation to generation/to one's heirs; l'expression est passée dans la langue the expression has become part of the language; ça finira par passer dans les mœurs it'll eventually become common practice; il a fait passer son émotion dans la salle he transmitted his emotion to the audience;

20 ( être promu) to be promoted to; il est passé général he's been promoted to general; elle est passée maître dans l'art de mentir she's an accomplished liar;

21 ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into; la moitié de mon salaire passe en remboursement de mes dettes half my salary goes on paying off my debts; toutes mes économies y sont passées○ all my savings went into it;

22 ○( mourir) y passer to die; si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself; on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux we've all got to go sometime, the later the better;

23 ( se décolorer) [teinte, tissu] to fade; passer au soleil to fade in the sun;

24 ( filtrer) [café] to brew; faire passer la soupe to put the soup through the vegetable mill;

25 ( changer de vitesse) passer en troisième/marche arrière to go into third/reverse; la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer third gear is a bit stiff; passer de seconde en troisième to go from second into third;

26 Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass.

C se passer vpr

1 ( se produire) to happen; ça s'est passé en Chine/à Pékin/le matin/au bon moment it happened in China/in Beijing/in the morning/at the right time; il ne se passe jamais rien dans ce village nothing ever happens in this village; que se passe-t-il?, qu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening, what's going on?; tout se passe comme si le dollar avait été dévalué it's as if the dollar was devalued;

2 ( être situé) to take place; la scène se passe au Viêt Nam/dans les années trente/de nos jours the scene is set in Vietnam/in the thirties/in the present day;

3 ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go; comment s'est passée la réunion? how did the meeting go?; tout s'est bien passé everything went well; ça s'est mal passé it didn't go well; la réunion s'est très mal passée the meeting went very badly; tout s'est passé très vite it all happened very fast; ça va mal se passer pour toi si tu continues! you're going to be in trouble if you carry on GB ou continue doing that!; ça ne se passera pas comme ça! I won't leave it at that!;

4 ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass; il s'est passé deux ans depuis, deux ans se sont passés depuis that was two years ago; il ne se passe guère de jour (sans) qu'elle ne trouve à se plaindre hardly a day goes by without her finding something to complain about; attendons que ça se passe let's wait till it's over; nos soirées se passaient à regarder la télévision we spent the evenings watching television; ⇒ jeunesse;

5 ( se dispenser) se passer de [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]; nous nous sommes passés de voiture we did without a car; nous nous passerons de lui we'll do without him; je me passerais bien de tes remarques I can do without your comments; se passer de commentaires to speak for itself; ne pas pouvoir se passer de faire not to be able to help oneself from doing; se passer des services de qn to do without sb's services;

6 ( se mettre) se passer la langue sur les lèvres/la main dans les cheveux to run one's tongue over one's lips/one's fingers through one's hair; se passer la main sur le front to put a hand to one's forehead;

7 ( l'un à l'autre) ils se sont passé des documents they exchanged some documents; nous nous sommes passé le virus we caught the virus from each other.

[pase] verbe intransitif (auxiliaire être)

A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]

1. [se déplacer - personne, véhicule] to pass (by), to go ou to come past

regarder passer les coureurs to watch the runners go past

passer à: passer à droite/gauche to go right/left

passer au-dessus de: l'avion est passé au-dessus de la maison the plane flew over the house

passer dans: pour empêcher les poids lourds de passer dans le village to stop lorries from driving ou going through the village

passer devant quelque chose to go past something

passe devant si tu ne vois pas

a. [devant moi] go in front of me if you can't see

b. [devant tout le monde] go to the front if you can't see

passer sous: passer sous une échelle to go under a ladder

passer sous une voiture [se faire écraser] to get run over (by a car)

passer sur: passer sur un pont to go over ou to cross a bridge

des péniches passaient sur le canal barges were going past ou were sailing on the canal

[fugitivement]

j'ai vu un éclair de rage passer dans son regard I saw a flash of anger in his eyes

un sourire passa sur ses lèvres a smile played about her lips, she smiled briefly

elle dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête she says the first thing that comes into her head

qu'est-ce qui a bien pu lui passer par la tête? whatever was he thinking of?

ne faire que passer: le pouvoir n'a fait que passer entre leurs mains they held power only briefly

2. [s'écouler - fluide] to flow, to run

il y a de l'air qui passe sous la porte there's a permanent draught coming under the door

3. [emprunter un certain itinéraire]

si vous passez à Paris, venez me voir come and see me if you're in Paris

passer par: le voleur est passé par la fenêtre the burglar got in through the window

passe par l'escalier de service use the service stairs

[fleuve, route] to go, to run

le tunnel passera sous la montagne the tunnel will go under the mountain

le pont passe au-dessus de l'avenue the bridge crosses the avenue

4. MATHÉMATIQUES to pass

soit une droite passant par deux points A et B given a straight line between two points A and B

5. [sur un parcours régulier - démarcheur, représentant] to call ; [ - bateau, bus, train] to come ou to go past

le facteur n'est pas encore passé the postman hasn't been yet

le facteur passe deux fois par jour the postman delivers ou comes twice a day

le bus passe toutes les sept minutes there's a bus every seven minutes

le bateau/train est déjà passé the boat/train has already gone ou left

le prochain bateau passera dans deux jours the next boat will call ou is due in two days

6. [faire une visite] to call

passer chez quelqu'un to call at somebody's place

j'ai demandé au médecin de passer I asked the doctor to call (in) ou to come ou to visit

j'essaierai de passer dans la soirée I'll try and call in the evening

je ne fais que passer I'm not stopping

(suivi de l'infinitif)

passer voir quelqu'un to call on somebody

je passerai te chercher I'll come and fetch you

7. [franchir une limite] to get through

ne laissez passer personne don't let anybody through

il est passé au rouge he went through a red light

ça passe ou ça casse it's make or break (time)

8. [s'infiltrer] to pass

passer dans le sang to pass into ou to enter the bloodstream

la lumière passe à travers les rideaux the light shines through the curtains

le café doit passer lentement [dans le filtre] the coffee must filter through slowly

9. [aller, se rendre] to go

où est-il passé? where's he gone (to)?

où sont passées mes lunettes? where have my glasses got ou disappeared to?

passons à table let's eat

passons au salon let's go through to the living room

passer de Suisse en France to cross over ou to go from Switzerland to France

passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy

10. CHASSE to pass, to go ou to come past

B.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]

1. [se soumettre à]

passer à to go for

passer au scanner to go for a scan

ce matin, je suis passé au tableau I was asked to explain something at the blackboard this morning

y passer (familier) : je ne veux pas me faire opérer — il faudra bien que tu y passes, pourtant! I don't want to have an operation — you're going to have to!

avec lui, toutes les femmes du service y sont passées he's had all the women in his department

tout le monde a cru que tu allais y passer everybody thought you were a goner

2. [être accepté] to pass

elle est passée à l'écrit mais pas à l'oral she got through ou she passed the written exam but not the oral

j'ai mangé quelque chose qui ne passe pas I've eaten something that won't go down

sa dernière remarque n'est pas passée (figuré) his last remark stuck in my throat

ton petit discours est bien passé your little speech went down well ou was well received

la deuxième scène ne passe pas du tout the second scene doesn't work at all

le film passe mal sur le petit écran/en noir et blanc the film just isn't the same on TV/in black and white

passe (encore): l'injurier, passe encore, mais le frapper! it's one thing to insult him, but quite another to hit him!

3. [être transmis] to go

la ferme est passée de père en fils depuis cinq générations the farm has been handed down from father to son for five generations

la carafe passa de main en main the jug was passed around

la locution est passée du latin à l'anglais the phrase came ou passed into English from Latin

4. [entrer] to pass

c'est passé dans le langage courant it's passed into ou it's now part of everyday speech

c'est passé dans les moeurs it's become standard ou normal practice

5. [être utilisé, absorbé] to go

tout son salaire passe dans la maison all her salary goes on the house

y passer: les deux bouteilles y sont passées both bottles were drunk

toutes ses économies y passent all her savings go towards ou into it

6. POLITIQUE [être adopté - projet de loi, amendement] to pass, to be passed

la loi est passée the law was passed

[être élu - député] to be elected, to get in

si les socialistes passent if the socialists get in ou are elected

7. CINÉMA & THÉÂTRE to be on, to be showing

sa dernière pièce passe au Galatée her latest play is on at the Galatée

RADIO & TÉLÉVISION

les informations passent à 20 h the news is on at 8 pm

passer à la radio [émission, personne] to be on the radio ou the air

passer à la télévision

a. [personne] to be ou to appear on television

b. [film] to be on television

8. DROIT [comparaître]

passer devant le tribunal to come up ou to go before the court

passer en correctionnelle ≃ to go before the magistrate's court

l'affaire passera en justice le mois prochain the case will be heard next month

9. JEUX to pass

C.[EXPRIME UN CHANGEMENT D'ÉTAT]

1. [accéder - à un niveau]

passer dans la classe supérieure to move up to the next form (UK) ou grade (US)

passer en seconde ÉDUCATION to move up to the fifth form (UK) ou to tenth grade (US)

il est passé au grade supérieur he's been promoted

2. [devenir] to become

il est passé ailier he plays on the wing now

passer professionnel to turn professional

3. [dans des locutions verbales]

passer à [aborder]: passons à l'ordre du jour let us turn to the business on the agenda

passer à l'action to take action

passer de... à [changer d'état]: passer de l'état liquide à l'état gazeux to pass ou to change from the liquid to the gaseous state

quand on passe de l'adolescence à l'âge adulte when you pass from adolescence to adulthood

la production est passée de 20 à 30/de 30 à 20 tonnes output has gone (up) from 20 to 30/(down) from 30 to 20 tonnes

passer du français au russe to switch from French to Russian

comment êtes-vous passé du cinéma au théâtre? how did you move ou make the transition from the cinema to the stage?

il passe d'une idée à l'autre he jumps ou flits from one idea to another

4. AUTOMOBILE

passer en troisième to change ou go into third (gear)

la seconde passe mal second gear is stiff

D.[EXPRIME UNE ÉVOLUTION DANS LE TEMPS]

1. [s'écouler - temps] to pass, to go by

la journée est passée agréablement the day went off ou passed pleasantly

comme le temps passe! how time flies!

2. [s'estomper - douleur] to fade (away), to wear off ; [ - malaise] to disappear ; [ - mode, engouement] to die out ; [ - enthousiasme] to wear off, to fade ; [ - beauté] to fade, to wane ; [ - chance, jeunesse] to pass ; [ - mauvaise humeur] to pass, to vanish ; [ - rage, tempête] to die down ; [ - averse] to die down, to stop

mon envie est passée I don't feel like it anymore

cette habitude lui passera avec l'âge he'll grow out of the habit

faire passer: ce médicament fait passer la douleur très rapidement this medicine relieves pain very quickly

3. [s'altérer - fruit, denrées] to go off (UK), to spoil, to go bad

[se faner - fleur] to wilt

[pâlir - teinte]

le papier peint a passé au soleil the sun has faded the wallpaper

4. (auxiliaire avoir) (vieilli) [mourir]

il a passé cette nuit he passed on ou away last night

————————

[pase] verbe transitif (auxiliaire avoir)

A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]

1. [traverser - pont, col de montagne] to go over (inseparable), to cross ; [ - écluse] to go through (inseparable)

passer une rivière à la nage to swim across a river

passer un ruisseau à gué to ford a stream

2. [franchir - frontière, ligne d'arrivée] to cross

3. [dépasser - point de repère] to pass, to go past (inseparable)

passer l'arrêt de l'autobus [le manquer] to miss one's bus stop

passer le cap Horn to (go) round Cape Horn, to round the Cape

quand on passe les 1 000 mètres d'altitude when you go over 1,000 metres high

l'or a passé les 400 dollars l'once gold has broken through the $ 400 an ounce mark

4. [transporter] to ferry ou to take across (separable)

5. [introduire]

passer de la drogue/des cigarettes en fraude to smuggle drugs/cigarettes

6. [engager - partie du corps] to put

passer son bras autour de la taille de quelqu'un to put ou to slip one's arm round somebody's waist

je n'arrive pas à passer ma tête dans l'encolure de cette robe my head won't go through the neck of the dress

il a passé la tête par l'entrebâillement de la porte he poked his head round the door

7. [faire aller - instrument] to run

passer un peigne dans ses cheveux to run a comb through one's hair

passer une éponge sur la table to wipe the table

passer un chiffon sur les meubles to dust the furniture

passer l'aspirateur to vacuum, to hoover (UK)

passer le balai to sweep up

passe le balai dans l'escalier give the stairs a sweep, sweep the stairs

8. ÉQUITATION [haie] to jump, to clear

9. SPORT [franchir - obstacle, haie] to jump (over)

passer la barre à deux mètres to clear the bar at two metres

passer tous les obstacles (figuré) to overcome ou to surmount all the obstacles

[transmettre - ballon] to pass

[dépasser - coureurs] to overtake, to pass

B.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]

1. [se soumettre à - permis de conduire] to take ; [ - examen] to take, to sit (UK) ; [ - entretien] to have ; [ - scanner, visite médicale] to have, to go for (inseparable)

la voiture doit passer un contrôle technique the car has to go for its MOT

2. (vieilli) [réussir - examen] to pass ; [ - épreuve éliminatoire] to get through (inseparable)

il a passé l'écrit, mais attendons l'oral he's passed the written exam, but let's see what happens in the oral

3. [omettre] to miss ou to leave out (separable), to omit

je passe toutes les descriptions dans ses romans I miss out ou I skip all the descriptions in her novels

4. [tolérer]

elle lui passe tout she lets him get away with anything

passez-moi l'expression/le mot if you'll pardon the expression/excuse the term

5. [soumettre à l'action de]

passer les parquets à l'encaustique to polish the floors

passer des légumes au mixeur to put vegetables through the blender, to blend vegetables

passer quelque chose sous l'eau to rinse something ou to give something a rinse under the tap

passer quelque chose au four to put something in the oven

passer quelque chose à quelqu'un (familier) to give somebody a good dressing-down, to tick somebody off (UK)

se faire passer quelque chose (familier) to get a good ticking off (UK), to get a good chewing-out (US)

6. [donner, transmettre - généralement] to pass, to hand, to give ; [ - maladie] to give ; [ - au téléphone] to put through (separable)

passe(-moi) le couteau give me the knife

passe-moi le sel pass me the salt

fais passer à ton voisin pass it to your neighbour

passer ses pouvoirs à son successeur to hand over power to one's successor

je te passe Fred here's Fred, I'll hand you over to Fred

passe-moi Annie let me talk to Annie, put Annie on

7. [rendre public - annonce]

passer une petite annonce to place a small ad

il a passé une annonce dans le journal de cette semaine he put an ad in this week's paper

8. (familier) [prêter] to lend

9. [appliquer - substance] to apply, to put on (separable)

passer de la cire sur quelque chose to wax something

passer une couche de peinture sur un mur to paint a wall

il faudra passer une deuxième couche it needs a second coat

je vais te passer de la crème dans le dos I'm going to put ou to rub some cream on your back

10. [filtrer, tamiser - thé, potage] to strain ; [ - farine] to sieve

11. [enfiler - vêtement] to slip ou to put on (separable)

je passe une robe moins chaude et j'arrive I'll put on a cooler dress and I'll be with you

elle passa l'anneau à son doigt she slipped the ring on her finger

12. AUTOMOBILE

passer la marche arrière to go into reverse

passer la troisième to change ou to shift into third gear

13. CINÉMA & TÉLÉVISION [film] to show, to screen

[diapositive] to show

RADIO [émission] to broadcast

[cassette, disque] to play, to put on (separable)

on passe un western au Rex there's a western on at the Rex

14. COMMERCE [conclure - entente] to conclude, to come to (inseparable), to reach ; [ - marché] to agree on (inseparable), to strike, to reach ; [ - commande] to place

passez commande avant le 12 order before the 12th

15. [en comptabilité] to enter, to post

passer un article en compte to enter a sale into a ledger

16. DROIT [faire établir - acte juridique] to draw up (separable)

un acte passé par-devant notaire a deed drawn up in the presence of a notary

C.[EXPRIME UNE NOTION TEMPORELLE]

1. [employer - durée] to spend

j'ai passé un an en Angleterre I spent a year in England

passez un bon week-end/une bonne soirée! have a nice weekend/evening!

passer ses vacances à lire to spend one's holidays reading

il va venir passer quelques jours chez nous he's coming to stay with us for a few days

as-tu passé une bonne nuit? did you sleep well last night?, did you have a good night?

pour passer le temps to pass the time

2. [aller au-delà de - durée] to get through (inseparable), to survive

elle ne passera pas la nuit she won't see the night out, she won't last the night

3. [assouvir - envie] to satisfy

passer sa colère sur quelqu'un to take one's anger out on somebody

————————

passer après verbe plus préposition

il faut le faire libérer, le reste passe après we must get him released, everything else is secondary

————————

passer avant verbe plus préposition

to go ou to come before

ses intérêts passent avant tout his own interests come before anything else, he puts his own interests before everything else

————————

passer par verbe plus préposition

1. [dans une formation] to go through

il est passé par une grande école he studied at a Grande École

elle est passée par tous les échelons she rose through all the grades

2. [dans une évolution] to go through, to undergo

le pays est passé par toutes les formes de gouvernement the country has experienced every form of government

elle est passée par des moments difficiles she's been through some difficult times

3. [recourir à] to go through

je passe par une agence pour avoir des billets I get tickets through an agency

en passer par: il va falloir en passer par ses exigences we'll just have to do what he says

passer par là: je suis passé par là it's happened to me too, I've been through that too

pour comprendre, il faut être passé par là you have to have experienced it to understand

————————

passer pour verbe plus préposition

1. [avec nom] to be thought of as

dire qu'il passe pour un génie! to think that he's considered a genius!

je vais passer pour un idiot I'll be taken for ou people will take me for an idiot

se faire passer pour quelqu'un to pass oneself off as somebody

il se fait passer pour un professionnel he claims to be a professional

2. [avec adj]

son livre passe pour sérieux her book is considered to be serious

il s'est fait passer pour fou he pretended to be mad

3. [avec verbe]

elle passe pour descendre d'une famille noble she is said to be descended from an aristocratic family

————————

passer sur verbe plus préposition

[ne pas mentionner] to pass over, to skip

[excuser] to overlook

passons sur les détails let's pass over ou skip the details

il l'aime et passe sur tout he loves her and forgives everything

passons! let's say no more about it!, let's drop it!

tu me l'avais promis, mais passons! you promised me, but never mind!

————————

se passer verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [s'écouler - heures, semaines] to go by, to pass

la soirée s'est passée tranquillement the evening went by ou passed quietly

si la journée de demain se passe sans incident if everything goes off smoothly tomorrow

2. [survenir - événement] to take place, to happen

qu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening?, what's going on?

(tournure impersonnelle)

il se passe que ton frère vient d'être arrêté, (voilà ce qui se passe)! your brother's just been arrested, that's what's!

il ne se passe pas une semaine sans qu'il perde de l'argent aux courses not a week goes by without him losing money on the horses

3. [se dérouler - dans certaines conditions] to go (off)

l'opération s'est bien/mal passée the operation went (off) smoothly/badly

si tout se passe bien, nous y serons demain if all goes well, we'll be there tomorrow

tout se passe comme prévu everything's going according to plan ou going as planned

ça ne se passera pas comme ça! it won't be as easy as that!

————————

se passer verbe pronominal transitif

[s'appliquer, se mettre - produit] to apply, to put on (separable)

il se passa un peigne/la main dans les cheveux he ran a comb/his fingers through his hair

elle se passait un mouchoir sur le front she was wiping her forehead with a handkerchief

————————

se passer de verbe pronominal plus préposition

1. [vivre sans] to do ou to go without

si tu crois pouvoir te passer de tout le monde! if you think you can manage all by yourself!

il ne peut pas se passer de télévision he can't live without the television

2. [s'abstenir]

je me passerais (volontiers) de ses réflexions! I can do very well without her remarks!

3. [ne pas avoir besoin de]

sa déclaration se passe de tout commentaire her statement needs no comment

————————

en passant locution adverbiale

1. [dans la conversation] in passing

faire une remarque en passant to remark in passing, to make a casual remark

soit dit en passer it must be said

2. [sur son chemin]

il s'arrête de temps à autre en passant he calls on his way by ou past from time to time

————————

en passant par locution prépositionnelle

————————

1. [dans l'espace] via

l'avion va à Athènes en passant par Londres the plane goes to Athens via London ou stops in London on its way to Athens

2. [dans une énumération] (and) including

toutes les romancières de Sand à Sarraute en passant par Colette every woman novelist from Sand to Sarraute including Colette

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > passer

15 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

16 lado

m.

1 side (coin).

el cine está a este lado de la calle the cinema is on this side of the street

al lado nearby (cerca)

al lado de beside (junto a)

de al lado next

la casa de al lado the house next door

al otro lado de la calle/frontera, across the street/border

en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom

a ambos lados on both sides

de lado tilted, at an angle (torcido)

mételo de lado put it in sideways

dormir de lado to sleep on one's side

viento de lado crosswind

atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross something from one side to the other

echarse o hacerse a un lado to move aside

por un lado on the one hand

por otro lado on the other hand

2 place (place).

debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else

de un lado para o a otro to and fro

por todos lados everywhere, all around

iremos cada uno por nuestro lado we will go our separate ways

3 side (faction).

y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?

ponerse del lado de alguien to take somebody's side

4 latus, flank, regio lateralis.

* * *

lado

► nombre masculino

1 (gen) side

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

al lado de alguien next to somebody

■ me puse a su lado I sat next to her

■ a su lado no vale nada he's nothing compared to her

■ no se movió de su lado en toda la enfermedad he stood by him all through his illness

al lado de algo beside something

■ lo he dejado al lado del teléfono I've left it beside the phone

■ la casa de al lado next door

dar de lado a alguien to ignore somebody

de medio lado tilted, on the tilt

de un lado para otro about, all over the place, to and fro, backwards and forwards

dejar a alguien de lado to leave somebody out

dejar algo a un lado to leave something aside

dejar algo de lado to leave something aside

estar al lado (muy cerca) to be very near

hacerse a un lado to get out of the way

poner a un lado to set aside

poner algo de lado to put something sideways

por un lado... por otro... on the one hand... on the other hand...

* * *

noun m.

side

- al lado

* * *

SM

1) (=lateral) side

lado derecho — right side, right-hand side

lado izquierdo — left side, left-hand side

a los dos lados de la carretera — on both sides of the road

al otro lado de la calle — on the other side of the street, across the street

llevar algo al otro lado del río — to take sth across o over the river

a un lado y a otro — on all sides, all around

es primo mío por el lado de mi padre — he's a cousin on my father's side

lado a lado — side by side

• de lado — sideways

poner algo de lado — to put sth sideways

lleva el sombrero de lado — she wears her hat at an angle

duermo de lado — I sleep on my side

• echarse o hacerse a un lado — [persona] to move to one side, step aside; [vehículo] to swerve out of the way

• por su lado, se fue cada uno por su lado — they went their separate ways

salieron corriendo cada uno por su lado — they all ran off in different directions

- dar a algn de lado

a mí eso me da de lado — I couldn't care less about that

- dejar a un lado

- echar a un lado

- mirar a algn de medio lado

- poner a un lado

2) (=aspecto) side

todo tiene su lado bueno — everything has its good side

vamos a ver un lado distinto de la cuestión — we're going to look at a different aspect of the issue

ese es su lado débil — that's her weak point

• por un lado..., por otro lado... — on the one hand..., on the other hand...

por ese lado, creo que está bien — in that respect, I think it's all right

3) (=lugar)

• ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

• otro lado, tiene que estar en otro lado — it must be somewhere else

ir de un lado a otro — to go to and fro, walk up and down

estuvo de un lado para otro toda la mañana — she was up and down all morning, she was running around all morning

• por todos lados, me lo encuentro por todos lados — I bump into him everywhere I go

rodeado de agua por todos lados — surrounded by water on all sides, completely surrounded by water

ir a todos lados — to go all over

4) [indicando proximidad]

no se movió del lado de su madre — she never left her mother's side

• estar al lado — to be near

el cine está aquí al lado — the cinema is just round the corner, the cinema is very near

la mesa de al lado — the next table

la casa de al lado — the house next door

• al lado de, la silla que está al lado del armario — the chair beside the wardrobe

viven al lado de nosotros — they live next door to us

al lado de aquello, esto no es nada — compared to that, this is nothing

al lado de ella, tú pareces una belleza — compared to her, you seem really beautiful

• a mi/tu lado, Felipe se sentó a mi lado — Felipe sat beside me

estuvo a mi lado todo el tiempo — she was at my side the whole time

los buenos ratos que he pasado a su lado — the good times I've had with her

5) (=bando) (Mil) flank; (Pol) faction

yo estoy de su lado — I'm on his side, I'm with him

ponerse al lado de algn — to side with sb

6) (Mat) side

un triángulo tiene tres lados — triangles have three sides

un polígono de cinco lados — a five-sided polygon

7) (Dep) end

cambiar de lado — to change ends

8) † (=favor) favour, protection

tener buenos lados — to have good connections

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho — it is on the right-hand side

a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

hacerse a un lado — to move to one side

echarse a un lado — to swerve

ponlas a un lado — set them aside

cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side

2) (aspecto, ángulo) side

ver el lado positivo de las cosas — to look on the bright side of things

todo tiene su lado bueno y su lado malo — there's a good side and a bad side to everything

3)

a) ( bando) side

¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

b) ( rama familiar) side

por el lado materno — on the maternal side

por el lado de mi padre — on my father's side (of the family)

4) (sitio, lugar)

miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

va a todos lados en taxi — she goes everywhere by taxi

ir de un lado para otro — to run around

5) (en locs)

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

* * *

= part, quarter, side.

Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex. A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex. The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.

----

* a ambos lados de = on either side of.

* a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.

* a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.

* adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.

* al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.

* al otro lado de = across.

* al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.

* al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.

* al otro lado del charco = across the pond.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* al otro lado del océano = across the pond.

* ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* apartarse a un lado = pull over.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* continuar al lado de = stand by.

* con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.

* de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.

* echar a un lado = push aside.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.

* juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.

* juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* lado derecho = right-hand side.

* lado derecho, el = right side, the.

* lado exterior, el = far side, the.

* lado externo, el = far side, the.

* lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.

* lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.

* pero por otro lado = but then again.

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.

* por otro lados = on other matters.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* viento de lado = crosswind.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho — it is on the right-hand side

a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

hacerse a un lado — to move to one side

echarse a un lado — to swerve

ponlas a un lado — set them aside

cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side

2) (aspecto, ángulo) side

ver el lado positivo de las cosas — to look on the bright side of things

todo tiene su lado bueno y su lado malo — there's a good side and a bad side to everything

3)

a) ( bando) side

¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

b) ( rama familiar) side

por el lado materno — on the maternal side

por el lado de mi padre — on my father's side (of the family)

4) (sitio, lugar)

miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

va a todos lados en taxi — she goes everywhere by taxi

ir de un lado para otro — to run around

5) (en locs)

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

* * *

= part, quarter, side.

Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex: A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex: The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.

* a ambos lados de = on either side of.

* a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.

* a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.

* adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.

* al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.

* al otro lado de = across.

* al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.

* al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.

* al otro lado del charco = across the pond.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* al otro lado del océano = across the pond.

* ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* apartarse a un lado = pull over.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* continuar al lado de = stand by.

* con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.

* de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.

* echar a un lado = push aside.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.

* juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.

* juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* lado derecho = right-hand side.

* lado derecho, el = right side, the.

* lado exterior, el = far side, the.

* lado externo, el = far side, the.

* lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.

* lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.

* pero por otro lado = but then again.

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.

* por otro lados = on other matters.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* viento de lado = crosswind.

* * *

lado

masculine

A

1 (parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho it is on the right side o the righthand side

a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle está su casa? which side of the street is your house on?

se hizo a un lado para dejarlo pasar she stood aside o moved to one side to let him pass

tuvo que echarse a un lado para evitar la colisión he had to swerve to avoid a collision

pon estas fichas a un lado set these pieces aside, put these counters to one side ( BrE)

cambiar de lado ( Dep) to change sides ( AmE) o ( BrE) ends

2 (de un papel, una moneda, una tela) side

escribe sólo por un lado del folio write on o use one side of the paper only

3 ( Mat) (de un polígono) side

4 ( Econ):

el lado de la demanda/de la oferta the demand/supply side

Compuesto:

lado ciego

blind side

B (aspecto, ángulo) side

hay que ver el lado positivo de las cosas you have to look on the bright side of things

todas las cosas tienen su lado bueno y su lado malo there's a good side and a bad side to everything

Luisa tiene su lado bueno Luisa has her good points

por ese lado te conviene aceptar from that point of view it's to your advantage to accept

C

1 (bando) side

¿tú de qué lado estás, del suyo o del nuestro? whose side are you on? theirs or ours?

igualar a dos goles por lado they drew/tied two goals each

2 (rama familiar) side

por el lado materno/paterno on the maternal/paternal side

por el lado de mi madre/padre on my mother's/father's side (of the family)

D

(sitio, lugar): he mirado en or por todos lados y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere and I can't find it

ponlo por ahí en cualquier lado put it over there somewhere o ( AmE) someplace

¿por qué no vamos por otro lado? why don't we go a different way?

va a todos lados en taxi she goes everywhere by taxi

me he pasado toda la mañana de un lado para otro I've been running around all morning

vas a tener que intentarlo por otro lado you're going to have to try some other way

E ( en locs):

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door

nuestros vecinos de al lado our next-door neighbors

el colegio nos queda aquí al lado the school's very near here o ( colloq) is right on the doorstep

al lado de algn/algo (contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth; (en comparación con) compared to sb/sth

se sentó al lado de su padre she sat down next to o beside her father

ponte aquí a mi lado sit here next to o beside me

al lado de él or ( crit) al lado suyo hasta yo parezco inteligente compared to him even I seem intelligent

a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him

todas las cosas que he aprendido a su lado everything I've learned from (being with) her

viven al lado de mi casa they live next door to me

me queda al lado del trabajo it's right by o very near where I work

eso no es nada al lado de lo que él tiene that's nothing compared to o with what he has

de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me

de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;

‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side

ponlo de lado a ver si cabe turn it sideways, maybe it'll fit that way

de medio lado at an angle

llevaba el sombrero de medio lado he wore his hat at an angle

por otro lado (en cambio) on the other hand; (además) apart from anything else

por otro lado, estas cifras tampoco son muy significativas there again o however o on the other hand, these figures are not very significant

por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …

por otro lado yo ni siquiera lo conozco apart from anything else I don't even know him

dejar algo de ladoor a un lado to leave sth aside o to one side

dejar or ( Esp) dar a algn de ladoor a un lado: últimamente lo están dejando de lado en la oficina lately they've been leaving him out of things in the office

sus amigos la están dejando a un lado her friends have been giving her the cold shoulder

estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam); to be over the worst, be laughing ( colloq)

ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there

se pelearon y cada uno se fue por su lado they had an argument and went their separate ways

aunque viven juntos, luego cada uno va por su lado although they live together, they all lead their own separate lives o ( colloq) they all do their own thing

mirarle a algn de lado ( fam); to look down on sb

por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it

saber de qué lado sopla el viento to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

ser or patear para el otro lado (CS fam); to be gay

* * *

lado sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( en general) side;

◊ está en el lado derecho it is on the right-hand side;

a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river;
hacerse a un lado to move to one side;
echarse a un lado [ coche] to swerve;

[ persona] to move over;
◊ ponlas a un lado set them aside;

¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;
cambiar de lado (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends;
ver el lado positivo de las cosas to look on the bright side of things;
por el lado de mi padre on my father's side (of the family)
b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

2 (sitio, lugar):
◊ a/en/por todos lados everywhere;

en algún lado somewhere;
en cualquier lado anywhere;
ir de un lado para otro to run around
3 ( en locs)
◊ al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door;

los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors;
al lado de algn/algo ( contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth;

( en comparación con) compared to sb/sth;
◊ de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;

‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side;
◊ de lado a lado ‹extenderse/cruzar› from one side to the other;

por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand;

( además) apart from anything else;
◊ por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …;

dejar algo de lado to leave sth aside o to one side;
ir cada uno por su lado: cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways
lado sustantivo masculino
1 side: a este lado del río, on this side of the river
a un lado, aside
2 (lugar) place: idos a otro lado, go somewhere else
3 (camino, dirección) direction, way: nos fuimos por otro lado, we went another way
4 (aspecto) side: tiene un lado salvaje, he has a wild side
por un lado..., por otro lado..., on the one hand..., on the other (hand)...
♦ Locuciones: al lado, close by, nearby: mi casa está ahí al lado, my house is just over there
al lado de, next to, beside: al lado de ella, tú eres un genio, compared with her, you are a genius
dar de lado a alguien, to cold-shoulder sb
de (medio) lado, sideways: saludó friamente y miró de medio lado, he said hello coldly and then looked away
' lado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- ancha
- ancho
- aparte
- banda
- chalet
- collado
- cuestión
- derecha
- derecho
- emplazar
- estar
- ir
- izquierda
- izquierdo
- justa
- justo
- ladearse
- mano
- moribunda
- moribundo
- parte
- sacudir
- siniestra
- siniestro
- apartar
- colgar
- colocar
- contramano
- contrapeso
- contrario
- cruzar
- cualquiera
- dejar
- dormir
- echar
- enfrente
- explanada
- hacer
- inclinar
- llegar
- ninguno
- ocupar
- opuesto
- orillar
- otro
- paralizar
- pasar
- robar
- través
English:
about
- across
- alongside
- arrogant
- aside
- astir
- beside
- breadth
- bright
- bring out
- brush aside
- bury
- by
- crack
- cross
- dash
- directly
- disturbing
- downside
- dwarf
- either
- embankment
- flank
- flip side
- graph paper
- graze
- hand
- lay aside
- lay down
- move along
- move over
- nearside
- next
- next door
- noplace
- off
- offside
- out
- outside
- over
- pace
- part
- past
- pull over
- push aside
- put aside
- right
- right-hand
- set aside
- side

* * *

lado nm

1. [costado, cara, parte lateral] side;

me duele el lado izquierdo my left side is hurting;

el supermercado está a este lado de la calle the supermarket is on this side of the street;

el lado más áspero de la tela the rougher side of the cloth;

un polígono con cuatro lados a four-sided o quadrilateral polygon;

este cuadro se puede colgar en el lado de la chimenea we can hang this painting on the wall behind the fireplace;

a ambos lados on both sides;

al lado [cerca] nearby;

yo vivo aquí al lado I live just round the corner from here;

al lado de [junto a] beside, next to;
[comparado con] compared to;
la zapatería está al lado de la joyería the shoe shop is next to the jeweller's;

Juan, al lado de su hermano, es muy alto Juan is very tall compared to his brother;

al otro lado de on the other side of;

la mesa de al lado the next table;

la casa de al lado the house next door;

los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbours;

no te vayas de su lado do not leave her side;

en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom;

de lado [torcido] at an angle;

el cuadro está de lado the painting isn't straight;

mételo de lado put it in sideways;

dormir de lado to sleep on one's side;

el viento sopla de lado there's a crosswind;

atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross sth from one side to the other;

echarse o [m5] hacerse a un lado to move aside;

poner algo a un lado to put sth aside o to one side

2. [lugar] place;

por este lado no oímos nada we can't hear anything over here;

debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else;

columpiarse de un lado para o [m5] a otro to swing to and fro;

estuve todo el día corriendo de un lado para otro I've been running around all day;

hacerle un lado a alguien to make room for sb;

iremos cada uno por nuestro lado y nos reuniremos en el hotel we will go our separate ways and meet up later at the hotel;

si cada cual va por su lado, nunca sacaremos este proyecto adelante if everyone does their own thing, we'll never make a success of this project;

por todos lados everywhere, all around;

por todos lados se ven anuncios de este nuevo refresco there are adverts for this new drink everywhere

3. [bando] side;

y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;

estoy de su lado I'm on her side;

ponerse del lado de alguien to take sb's side

4. [línea de parentesco] side;

por el lado paterno on my/his/her/ etc father's side

5. [aspecto] side;

siempre ve el lado negativo de las cosas she always sees the negative side of things;

la entrevista se centra en el lado humano del campeón the interview focuses on the human side of the champion;

por un lado [en primer lugar] on the one hand;
[en cierto modo] in one sense;
por otro lado, Am [m5] de otro lado [en segundo lugar] on the other hand;
[además] in any case
6. Comp

dar de lado a alguien, Méx, RP [m5] dar a alguien por su lado to cold-shoulder sb;

dejar algo de lado o [m5] a un lado [prescindir] to leave sth to one side;
Méx, RP Fam
estar del otro lado to be over the worst;

mirar de lado a alguien [despreciar] to look askance at sb;
RP, Ven Fam
pasar al otro lado to kick the bucket, to snuff it;
RP, Ven Fam
pasar a alguien para el otro lado to bump sb off;
CSur Fam
ser o [m5] patear para el otro lado to be one of them, to be queer

* * *

lado

m side; ( lugar) place;

al lado nearby;

al lado de beside, next to;

al otro lado de on the other side of;

de lado sideways;

por todos lados everywhere;

ir por otro lado go another way;

mirar a otro lado look the other way;

andar de un lado para otro run around;

por un lado … por otro lado on the one hand … on the other hand;

dejar a un lado leave aside;

hacerse a un lado tb fig stand aside;

dar a alguien de lado leave s.o. out;

estar del lado de alguien be on s.o.’s side;

ponerse del lado de alguien take s.o.’s side;

cada uno va por su lado everyone goes their own way;

mirar a alguien de (medio) lado look sideways at s.o.;

por el lado de mi padre on my father’s side

* * *

lado nm

1) : side

2) parte: place

miró por todos lados: he looked everywhere

3)

al lado de : next to, beside

4)

de lado : tilted, sideways

está de lado: it's lying on its side

5)

hacerse a un lado : to step aside

6)

lado a lado : side by side

7)

por otro lado : on the other hand

* * *

lado n

1. (en general) side

al otro lado de la calle on the other side of the street

los tres lados de un triángulo the three sides of a triangle

2. (lugar) somewhere / nowhere / anywhere / everywhere

tu reloj tiene que estar en algún lado your watch must be somewhere

vámonos a otro lado let's go somewhere else

he buscado por todos lados I've looked everywhere

no fuimos a ningún lado we didn't go anywhere

al lado (cerca) near (contiguo) next door

está aquí al lado it's very near

viven al lado they live next door

al lado de next to

vivo al lado de la panadería I live next to the baker's

estar del lado de alguien to be on somebody's side

ponerse del lado de alguien to take somebody's side

por un lado... on the one hand...

por otro lado... on the other hand...

Spanish-English dictionary > lado

17 sua

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sua

18 suum

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suum

19 suus

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suus

20 до

1. предл. (за близост) by, by the side of. beside, near, close to, next to

един до друг one beside the other, side by side

седя до sit next to/beside/by

седя до огъня sit by the fire

той живее до нас he lives next door to us

2. (за предел, посока, степен) to, up to, down to, as far as

до града има пет километра it's five kilometres to the town

изпращам някого до вратата see s.o. to the door

до известна степен to a certain degree

до глезените/коленете ankle-/knee-deep

затъвам до коленете sink up to o.'s knees

до гърдите/рамената breast-/shoul-der-high

до кръста down/up to the waist

хвръквам до fly as high as

засмян до уши smiling broadly

пълен до горе filled to the brim/to overflowing

до един to the last man

ние отидохме до реката we went as far as the river

идвам до заключение come to/arrive at a conclusion

отнасям въпроса до refer the matter to

от... до from... to

4. (за време) till, until, up to

от... до from... to/till

до сутринта/вечерта till morning/evening

от сутрин до вечер from morning till night

работя до късно през нощта work far into the night

до преди няколко дни (up) till a few days ago

до края till the end

до тая минута to this very minute

до последната минута to the very last

най-късно до събота by Saturday at the latest

можеш ли да свършиш това до утре? can you finish this by tomorrow?

до сключването на спогодбата pending the completion of the agreement

5. (па малко от.) under, not, over

деца до шест години children under six

с тегло до пет кила weighing not over five kilos

6. (приблизително) about, some. somewhere about

там имаше до двадесет души there were about/some twenty people there

7. (не повече от) up to, as much/many as

до три пъти up to/as many as three times

той си докарва до 2000 лева месечно he makes up to 2000 levs a month

8. (досежно) about, to

това не се отнася до тебе this does not refer/apply to you

колкото се отнася до мене as far as I am concerned, as for me

натъпкани човек до човек packed tight

от език до език има разлика there is a difference between one language and another

това е до човека it depends on the man

не ми е до not be in a state for, be in no mood for/to

не ми е до това I've got something else to think about

не ми е до смях I am/feel in no mood for laughing; I am in no laughing mood

до безкрайност ad infinitum. to infinity

до втръсване to satiety/nausea

точен до минутата punctual to the minute

смел до безразсъдност courageous to the point of recklessness

бия до посиняване beat black and blue

докарвам до лудост drive crazy

до след until after

до Министъра на просветата (в адрес) The Minister of Education

9. муз. С

до диез C-sharp

до мажор C-major

до ще време the time will come

до-

10. предст. (изчерпване докрай на започнатото действие) up; finish с ger. all; what is left

дояждам finish up, eat what is left

дошивам finish sewing

11. (предел за пространство, време, степен) to, up to; long enough

добирам се manage to get (to)

доживявам да видя live (long enough) to see

дотичвам run up (to)

доварявам boil soft

12. (добавяне на количество, което не достига) in addition, some more, as a supplement

доплащам pay in addition, pay the difference

13. (преминаване към ново състояние) grow, begin to feel, feel

домързява ме feel lazy

домъчнява ми feel/grow sad

(желание за преминаване към ново състояние) feel like

допива ми се feel like drinking/like a drink

доплаква ми се feel like crying

* * *

до,

предл.

1. (за близост) by, by the side of, beside, near, close to, next to; един \до друг one beside the other, side by side; седя \до sit next to/beside/by; той живее \до нас he lives next door to us;

2. (за предел, посока, степен) to, up to, down to, as far as; \до глезените/коленете ankle-/knee-deep; \до гърдите/рамената breast-/shoulder-high; \до един to the last man; \до кръста down/up to the waist; засмян \до уши smiling broadly; идвам \до заключение come to/arrive at a conclusion; изпращам някого \до вратата see s.o. to the door; ние отидохме \до реката we went as far as the river; от … \до … from … to …/till; пълен \до горе filled to the brim/to overflowing; хвръквам \до fly as high as;

3. (за време) till, until, up to; поет. ere; \до края till the end; \до последната минута to the very last; \до преди няколко дни (up) till a few days ago; \до сключването на спогодбата pending the completion of the agreement; \до сутринта/вечерта till morning/evening; най-късно \до събота by Saturday at the latest; работя \до късно през нощта work far into the night;

4. ( по-малко от) under, not over; деца \до шест години children under six; с тегло \до пет кила weighing not over five kilos;

5. ( приблизително) about, some, somewhere about; там имаше \до двадесет души there were about/some twenty people there;

6. (не повече от) up to, as much/many as; \до три пъти up to/as many as three times; about, to;

7. ( относно) колкото се отнася \до мене as far as I am concerned, as for me; това не се отнася \до тебе this does not refer/apply to you; • бия \до посиняване beat black and blue; \до безкрайност ad infinitum, to infinity; \до втръсване to satiety/nausea; \до Министъра на просветата (в адрес) The Minister of Education; \до след until after; докарвам \до лудост drive crazy; натъпкани човек \до човек packed tight; не ми е \до not be in a state for, be in no mood for/to; не ми е \до смях I am/feel in no mood for laughing; I am in no laughing mood; не ми е \до това I’ve got something else to think about; смел \до безразсъдност courageous to the point of recklessness; това е \до човека it depends on the man; точен \до минутата punctual to the minute.

——————

ср., само ед. муз. C; \до диез C-sharp; \до мажор C-major.

* * *

at ; beside: one до the other - един до друг; by: sit до the fire - седя до огъня; C/do (муз. нота); next: Two days remain до Christmas. - Остават два дни до Коледа.; to (за движение); until

* * *
1. (за време) till, until, up to 2. (за предел, посока, степен) to, up to, down to, as far as 3. (не повече от) up to, as much/many as 4. (па малко от.) under, not, over 5. (приблизително) about, some. somewhere about 6. 1 (досежно) about, to 7. 1 предл. (за близост) by, by the side of. beside, near, close to, next to 8. 12 муз. С 9. 3 kilometres to the town 10. 8 лева месечно he makes up to 11. 910 levs a month 12. ДО Министъра на просветата (в адрес) The Minister of Education 13. ДО безкрайност ad infinitum. to infinity 14. ДО втръсване to satiety/ nausea 15. ДО глезените/коленете ankle-/knee-deep 16. ДО града има пет километра it's 17. ДО гърдите/рамената breast-/shoul-der-high 18. ДО диез C-sharp 19. ДО един to the last man 20. ДО известна степен to a certain degree 21. ДО края till the end 22. ДО кръста down/up to the waist 23. ДО мажор C-major\\ 24. ДО последната минута to the very last 25. ДО сключването на спогодбата pending the completion of the agreement 26. ДО след until after 27. ДО сутринта/вечерта till morning/evening 28. ДО тая минута to this very minute 29. ДО три пъти up to/as many as three times 30. бия ДО посиняване beat black and blue 31. деца ДО шест години children under six 32. докарвам ДО лудост drive crazy 33. един ДО друг one beside the other, side by side 34. засмян ДО уши smiling broadly 35. затъвам ДО коленете sink up to o.'s knees 36. идвам ДО заключение come to/arrive at a conclusion 37. изпращам някого ДО вратата see s.o. to the door 38. колкото се отнася ДО мене as far as I am concerned, as for me 39. можеш ли да свършиш това ДО утре? can you finish this by tomorrow? 40. най-късно ДО събота by Saturday at the latest 41. натъпкани човек ДО човек packed tight 42. не ми е ДО not be in a state for, be in no mood for/to 43. не ми е ДО смях I am/ feel in no mood for laughing;I am in no laughing mood 44. не ми е ДО това I've got something else to think about 45. ние отидохме ДО реката we went as far as the river 46. от... до from... to 47. от... до from... to/till 48. от език ДО език има разлика there is a difference between one language and another 49. от сутрин ДО вечер from morning till night 50. отнасям въпроса ДО refer the matter to 51. пълен ДО горе filled to the brim/to overflowing 52. работя ДО късно през нощта work far into the night: ДО преди няколко дни (up) till a few days ago 53. с тегло ДО пет кила weighing not over five kilos 54. седя ДО sit next to/beside/by 55. седя ДО огъня sit by the fire 56. смел ДО безразсъдност courageous to the point of recklessness 57. там имаше ДО двадесет души there were about/some twenty people there 58. това е ДО човека it depends on the man 59. това не се отнася ДО тебе this does not refer/apply to you 60. той живее ДО нас he lives next door to us 61. той си докарва ДО 62. точен ДО минутата punctual to the minute 63. хвръквам ДО fly as high as 64. ще: до ще време the time will come

Български-английски речник > до

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

См. также в других словарях:

Another World (TV series) — Another World Title card from 1996 to 1999 Genre Soap opera Created by Irna Phillips William J. Bell … Wikipedia

One Million B.C. — One Million B.C. One Million B.C. Directed by Hal Roach Hal Roach, Jr. Produced by … Wikipedia

Near East — The original Near East; that is, the Ottoman Empire at the beginning of the eastern question. The term is only meaningful as a contrast to Far East. Much of the original extent is south; moreover, countries such as Greece disavow any association… … Wikipedia

Another Simpsons Clip Show — Infobox Simpsons episode episode name = Another Simpsons Clip Show image caption = Homer talking about love. episode no = 106 prod code = 2F33 airdate = September 25, 1994 show runner = David Mirkin writer = Penny Wise director = David Silverman… … Wikipedia

The One Wherein There Is a Big Twist — Infobox Television episode Title=The One Wherein There Is a Big Twist Series=Drawn Together Season=1 Episode=7 Airdate=December 15, 2004 Writer= Dave Jeser, Matt Silverstein Caption = The housemates attempt to escape from the show s Jewish… … Wikipedia

List of minor One Piece characters — The following is a list of minor characters in the manga and anime series One Piece : AisaAisa (アイサ) is a small girl and, since she was born, she could sense via Mantra whenever anyone dies or is severely wounded. Because of this, she hates it… … Wikipedia

Air Force One — For the current aircraft, see Boeing VC 25. For other uses, see Air Force One (disambiguation). Air Force One SAM 28000, one of the two VC 25s used as Air Force One, above Mount Rushmore Air Force One is the official a … Wikipedia

Article One of the United States Constitution — United States of America This article is part of the series: United States Constitution Original text of the Constitution Preamble Articles of the Constitution I … Wikipedia

Pat Buchanan — Infobox Celebrity name = Pat Buchanan caption = Pat Buchanan in 2008 birth date = birth date and age|mf=yes|1938|11|2 birth place = Washington, D.C., United States death place = occupation = Writer, political commentator spouse = Shelley Ann… … Wikipedia

List of one-time The Simpsons characters — Further information: List of characters in The Simpsons and List of recurring characters in The Simpsons The following is a list of one time characters from the American animated television comedy series The Simpsons. Some of the… … Wikipedia

As I Walked Out One Midsummer Morning — … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

sit so near one another

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

sit so near one another

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: